Date post: | 26-Dec-2015 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | skopje1964 |
View: | 276 times |
Download: | 27 times |
No. D17-7316 Digital Video Camera
CANON INC. 2003
Canon Inc.Digital Imaging Products Service Dept.
First Edition : Feb. 2003First Print : Feb. 2003
iPAL
Video Product
c
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i EDM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i EDM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS
1. Product Overview ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11-1 Concepts -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11-2 Main Features -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1
1-2-1 Direct Printer Compatible ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-21-2-2 DV Messenger -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-2
1-3 Function and Performance List ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-31-4 Function and Performance Comparison Chart ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-4
2. Technical Explanation -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-102-1 Design ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-10
2-1-1 Concept ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-102-1-2 Variation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-10
2-2 DMC III Digital Mechanism Chassis ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-112-2-1 Improved Quality ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-112-2-2 Configuration Comparison of DMC II and DMC III ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1-112-2-3 DMC III Slide in/out Status ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-12
2-3 Direct Print (Canon Camera Direct Correspondence Printer) ------------------------------------------------------------------1-132-3-1 Direct Print Operation Specifications ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-132-3-2 Calling up the Direct Print Setting Screen -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1-13
3. Performance and Functions -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-144. System Diagram (Common to all Models) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-245. Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-25
5-1 Camera Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-255-2 VCR Mode ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-325-3 Card/Camera Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) ------------------------------------------------------------------1-365-4 Card Playback Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) -----------------------------------------------------------------1-395-5 Menu Display -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-415-6 Card-Related Screen Displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-525-7 Direct Print Setting Screen ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-605-8 Print ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-635-9 Warning Displays ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-64
6. Backing Up Various Data -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-666-1 Backup by Main Power Supply ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-666-2 Backup by Main Power Supply or Backup Power Supply (Lithium Coin Primary Battery) ------------------------------1-666-3 Backup Conditions Related to Switch Operation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-67
6-3-1 Turning OFF the Power --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-676-3-2 Switching the Power Switch to a Different Position -----------------------------------------------------------------1-686-3-3 Switching Camera Modes/Switching Program AE Modes ----------------------------------------------------------1-69
7. Other Features --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-707-1 Green Mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-707-2 On Screen -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-707-3 Headphones and Speaker ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-717-4 Battery Indicator, Low-Power Warning, and Low-Power Shutoff -------------------------------------------------------------1-717-5 System Data Displays ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-717-6 Data Code Display -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-717-7 MP Tape Support ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-717-8 Confirmation Beep -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-727-9 Using Analog Line Recording (Not available on PAL models) and -----------------------------------------------------------1-73 DV Recording (Not Available on PAL models) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-737-10 Support for Analog Signal I/O Copyright Protection Signals ----------------------------------------------------------------1-747-11 Video ID1 Detection/Output Support --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-747-12 Audio Dubbing ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-75
7-12-1 Tapes to which Audio Dubbing can be Added -----------------------------------------------------------------------1-757-12-2 Selecting an Audio Dubbing Signal Input Source -------------------------------------------------------------------1-757-12-3 Audio Dubbing Procedure ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-757-12-4 CGMS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-75
7-13 AV Insert (Not Available on PAL models) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-767-13-1 Tapes Allowing AV Insert ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-767-13-2 AV Insert Signal Input Source Selection -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1-767-13-3 AV Insert Procedure -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-767-13-4 CGMS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-76
7-14 Analog/Digital Signal Conversion ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-777-14-1 A/D Signal Conversion Procedure ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-777-14-2 CGMS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-77
7-15 Multi Switch -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-77
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-1
1. Product Overview
1-1 Concepts
Benefits from efforts to reform the cost structure of the Canon lineup. Deluxe, more stylish design. Retains the superb performance of the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E,
DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E series while adding multimedia features. More advanced picture quality than the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E,
DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E Available in three separate models to meet a range of user requirements.
1-2 Main Features
(1) Compact & Stylish New Stylish Design
(2) High Performance Lens 22× optical zoom lens compatible with 1/ 6- inch CCD (DM-MV650i E only)
(3) Excellent Picture Quality MACS system for improved picture quality
(4) Multimedia Memory card slot, USB terminal (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Motion- JPEG (DM-MV650i E only) Camera Direct Camera Direct
(5) Advanced Specification Advanced accessory shoe (DM-MV650i E only) New Digital Feature
(6) All In One 2.5- inch LCD and CVF, terminals on camera body
Multi MediaCompact & Stylish Camcorder
The DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E ismore stylish than the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E,DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E and delivers functions to rival multimedia models.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-2
1-2-1 Direct Printer Compatible
Easy to connect and easy to print Printing XGA still images stored on a memory card is simple.
1-2-2 DV Messenger
A peer-to-peer type bidirectional communications software program for linking digital video camcorders and PCs. Allows bidirectional sending of audio or video content and messages (text or images) via the Internet. Basic specifications are compatible with Windows Messenger. Allows control (camera zoom and focus, VCR playback and stop, access to the memory card) of the digital video camcorder
from a remote PC.
Control printer from DVC
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E
XGA-size (1024 × 768) still images
Direct Printer Camera Direct Printer (BJ F890PD) (BJ 895PD) (BJ 535PD)
Printer cable
IEEE1394IEEE1394
Internet
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-3
1-3 Function and Performance List
Specifications DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i EDM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,
DM-MV590 EZoom mag. 22× optical zoom/ 20× optical zoom/ 18× optical zoom/
440× digital zoom*1 400× digital zoom*1 360× digital zoom*1
CCD 1/6-inch interlaced CCD (total pixels : 800,000)Image stabilization Electronic image stabilizer (motion video effective pixels : 400,000)Monitor 2.5-inch screen, 112,000 pixels LCD monitorEVF 0.33-inch screen, 113,000 pixel color viewfinderAnalog line input *2
Memory card function (SD memory card, MultiMediaCard) ×Card Still images Progressive Photo
×recording (1024×768, 640×480)Card motion video Motion JPEG + audio
× ×recording (monaural)USB file transfer ×USB direct print ×IEEE1394 file
transfer
IEEE1394 streaming
videoUSB compatible ×Accessory shoe (Compatible with
advanced accessory shoe)
Auxiliary illumination White LEDfunction (Super Night mode: tape) ×
(Low light + time: card)Illuminated keys (6 colors) ×Night mode (Super Night mode)
Wide attachment lens ×
BP-512 BP-508
*1 : Tape mode only*2 : Not applicable to PAL models
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-4
1-4 Function and Performance Comparison Chart
ItemDM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E,
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Camera
Image sensing Image size Tape 1/6-inch CCD
device Card 1/6-inch
System (filter) Interlacing (color correction filters)
Total pixels 800,000 pixels
Effective pixels Tape 400,000 pixels
Card 528,000 pixels
Lens Optical zoom Tape DM-MV650i E : 22× 2.8 - 61.6 mm (approx. 54 - 1,188 mm)
magnification, DM-MV630i E : 20× 2.8 - 56 mm (approx. 54 - 1,080 mm)
focal length DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E : 18× 2.8 - 50.4 mm (approx. 54 - 972 mm)
(35mm equivalent) Card DM-MV650i E : 22× 2.8 - 61.6 mm (approx. 48 - 1,056 mm)
DM-MV630i E : 20× 2.8 - 56 mm (approx. 48 - 960 mm)
Digital zoom Tape DM-MV650i E : 88× /440× 246.4 mm / 1,232 mm
magnification (equivalent to approx. 4,752 mm / 23,760 mm)
DM-MV630i E : 80× /400× 224 mm / 1,120 mm
(equivalent to approx. 4,320 mm / 21,600 mm)
DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E : 72× /360× 201.6 mm / 1,008 mm
(equivalent to approx. 3,888 mm / 19,440 mm)
Card None
System Tape CCD readout
Card -----
F number DM-MV650i E : F1.6 - 3.6, DM-MV630i E : F1.6 - 3.2,
DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E : F1.6 - 2.9
Aperture blades 2
Zoom speed Variable
Filter diameter 30.5mm P0.5
Noise reduction Camera Tape Either CCD-NR or Y/C-NR
Card None
Chroma-only, median filter
Recorder C-NR
Minimum Night mode 1.6 lx
illumination Low Light mode 3.4 lx
Auto mode 14 lx
Image Adjustment Tape Electronic
stabilization system Card None
Sensing method Angular velocity sensing
Shooting functions
AE mode Program AE Tape (Full Auto)
(Auto, Sports, Portrait, Spotlight, Surf & Snow, Low Light, Night,
Super Night (DM-MV650i E only))
Card (Full Auto)
(Auto, Sports, Portrait, Spotlight, Surf & Snow, Low Light,
Low Light+ (DM-MV650i E only))
Photometric Center-bottom-weighted average Full Auto, Auto, Sports, Portrait, Low Light, Night, Super Night (DM-
system MV650i only)
Evaluative photometry + 128 segments (Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode (Sand & Snow mode))
All area photometry
Magnifica-tion,focallength(35mmequivalent)
MotionvideoStillimages
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-5
ItemDM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E,
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Shooting functions
Exposure AE lock ×
adjustment AE shift Supported (after pressing Setting key, adjust using Multi-switch and press
Setting key again) ± 2 steps
(Disabled during Green mode, Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode, Night
mode, and Super Night mode)
Exposure correction ×
Gain setting/sensitivity increase Auto
Back light correction ×
Shutter speed High-speed shutter Tape 6 levels
(1/50, 1/120, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000, second. (Auto mode))
Card Switches upper limit to 1/250 second (included Program AE)
Auto Tape 1/50 sec - 1/500 sec.
Card 1/25 sec - 1/250 sec.
Slow shutter 1/15 sec (Low Light mode, Low Light +), 1/8 sec to 1/60 sec (Night
mode, Super Night mode)
Aperture value Auto iris
Image quality Color gain adjustment ×
adjustment Hue adjustment ×
(custom preset) Sharpness adjustment ×
Setup adjustment ×
White Balance Auto
Preset Outdoor, Indoor
System TTL, 128 segments
Focus Mode AF/MF, forced infinity
Manual focus Multi-switch operation
16:9 Recording system Tape Vertical Stretching
Card ×
Area marker display ×
Digital fade Tape Motion video Auto Fade, Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide
(executed by pressing the Start/Stop button.)
Still Image ×
Card Motion video ×
Still Image ×
Digital effect Tape Motion video/still Image Art, Black & White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror
Card Motion video/still Image Black & White
Card mix Tape Motion video/still Image Card Lumi key, Card Chroma key, Camera Chroma key, Animation
Card Motion video/still Image ×
Multi-screen Tape Motion video/still Image Supported (disabled in Night mode and Super Night mode)
Card Motion video/still Image ×
Capture speed 1/50 sec. Manual, Fast (every 4th field), Normal (every 6th field),
Shutter speed Slow (every 8 fields)
1/12.5 sec. Manual, Fast (every 4 fields), Normal (every 8 fields),
Shutter speed Slow (every 12 fields)
Motion video Mode Tape Normal
shooting Card 320 × 240 pixels (continuous, approx. 10 seconds), 160 × 120 pixels
(DM-MV650i E only) (continuous, approx. 30 seconds)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-6
ItemDM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E,
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Shooting functions
Still image Mode Tape Normal (field)
Card Progressive (iris shutter) (disabled in Night mode)
Single image Tape 6.5 sec.
recording time Card ×
Continuous Tape ×
shooting Card ×
Photo button Form Still image only button
Half depressed Supported (recording standby only)
Still image confirmation Only with card mounted
Strobe support (models) ×
Recorded image Frame image (video output is field image)
Frame processing Pseudo frame (Low Light mode, Night mode, Super Night (Slow) mode)
Negative-positive reversal ×
Video light × (For only DM-MV650i E, white LED is provided (turned ON in
super-night mode, low-light mode))
Zebra pattern ×
Color bar display ×
Selftimer 10 sec./remote control: 2 sec.
Interval timer ×
Clear scan ×
Recorded image size/file format VGA: 640(H) × 480 (V), XGA: 1024(H) × 768(V)/JPEG (DM-MV650i E,
DM-MV630i E only)
Memory card SD memory card, MultiMediaCard
REC search
REC review
Standby switch ×
Power save (after 5 minutes in Recording pause) Power shutoff
Displayed text recording ×
Audio 16-bit 2-channel (48KHz)
12-bit 4-channel (32 kHz) Simultaneous 4-channel recording not possible
Wind screen ON/OFF switch (built-in microphone only)
EVF Size 0.33-inch (TFT color RGB delta arrangement)
Pixels 113,000
Brightness adjustment ×
Color adjustment ×
Movable ×
Monitor LCD Size 2.5-inch
Pixels 112,000
Brightness adjustment
Movable Supports mirror shooting
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-7
ItemDM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E,
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
VCR
Playback Frame playback Forward/Reverse
system Slow playback Forward/Reverse
2X SP playback Forward/Reverse
1X SP playback Forward/Reverse
Cue/review 11.5X speed
Search Photo search
Date search
Index search ×
Special playback Playback zoom (2X zoom) (Tape playback or card still image playback)
effects D. effects Tape Art, Black & White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror
Card ×
D. fade Tape Auto fade, Wipe, Corner wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zig Zag, Beam, Tide
Card ×
Multi screen 4/9/16 screen (tape only)
Data code display Time and Date display
Card Slide show (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Index playback (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
(6-screen playback)
Card fast forward/rewind Card jump (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Audio dubbing (Microphone only on PAL models)
AV insert Digital (Not applicable to PAL models)
Analog (Not applicable to PAL models)
Zero set memory
Edit function Simple editing ×
Special effects ×
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-8
ItemDM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, ZR60 A
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
System
Inter face Microphone input
(terminal) Headphone output
DV terminal Input/output (Output only for PAL models)
S terminal Input/output (Output only for PAL models)
AV terminal Input/output, φ3.5mm jack (also serves as headphone terminal)
Editing terminal (LANC terminal) ×
USB port (mini-B Receptacle) (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Memory card file transfer (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
DV to Analog signal conversion (Not applicable to PAL models)
Direct print (When connected to BJ 535PD or BJ 895PD camera direct printer:
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Border yes/no and number of copies can be set (DPOF compatible)
World clock
Text titles ×
Speaker
Confirmation beep
Tally light ×
Remote control cord Supports 1 and 2,
Accessory shoe (DM-MV650i E only; supports advanced accessory shoe)
Video ID (ID2) (NTSC only)
Recording modes SP,LP
Illuminated keys (6 colors: DM-MV650i E only)
Custom key ×
Index Screen key (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Card mix key (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Slideshow key (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
DV control ×
Internal battery charging
Backup power Lithium coin battery (CR1616)
Battery pack power BP-500 series lithium ion battery
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-9
External View
Fig. 1-1
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-10
2. Technical Explanation
2-1 Design
2-1-1 Concept
The design of the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E, DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E hasbeen further refined with the introduction of a more stream-lined surface.The popular layout of the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E, DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E hasbeen retained.The MENU buttons have been moved out of the LCD to im-prove ease of use.Independently illuminated keys are used (DM-MV650i E) andthe feel of the colored clear keys enhanced (both DM-MV630i Eand DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E).The front terminal cover is now finished with metallic paint on allmodels (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, and DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E) for a more deluxe look.
2-1-2 Variation
Champagne metallic(same as DM-MV550i E)
Illuminated keys(with white LEDs) EVF: Silver (paint)
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i EDM-FV600i E/
DM-MV600 E / DM-MV590 EBlue clear keys EVF: Silver (paint)
(20x zoom)
Blue clear keys EVF: Gray(color of molded plastic)
(18x zoom)
Blue metallic (same as DM-MV5i MC E)
Dark blue metallic (new color)
Cover L: Silver (paint) Cover L: Gray (color of molded plastic) Cover L: Gray (color of molded plastic)
(22x zoom)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-11
2-2 DMC III Digital Mechanism Chassis
2-2-1 Improved Quality
The DMC I and DMC II digital mechanism chassis, which formed the core of previous Canon camcorder models, were developed in1997 and 1999, respectively. They helped make those camcorders more compact. In particular, as the excellent image quality andreliability of Canon camcorders has come to be highly evaluated by the marketplace in recent years, the number of units manufacturedhas been increasing substantially. The DMC III digital mechanism chassis was developed with the aims of further improving reliability,by drastically reducing the number of component parts, and also enhancing quality. At the same times, the developers worked to reducethe cassette loading time and improve ease of operation.
2-2-2 Configuration Comparison of DMC II and DMC III
Digital mechanism chassis
DMC III DMC II
period October 2002 January 2000
Drum diameter 21.7mm 21.7mm
Slide
Size Depth 56mm 56mm
Width 72mm 72mm
Height 23.7mm 22.2mm
Volume 95cc 89cc
Weight 100g 100g
Number of parts 194 272
FF/REW speed 30x 30x
56mm
72m
m
56mm
72m
m
22.2
mm
23.7
mm
DMC III DMC II
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-12
2-2-3 DMC III Slide in/out Status
23.7
mm
39.4
mm
56mm 73mm
Slide in status Slide out status
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-13
2-3 Direct Print (Canon Camera Direct Correspondence Printer)
By connecting the Canon BJ F890PD or BJ 895PD or BJ 535PD camera direct correspondence printer to the product (DM-MV650i E),the user can print still images stored on an SD memory card or MultiMediaCard without using a PC. Note: This function is not compatible with the CP-100 or CP-10 card photo printer.
2-3-1 Direct Print Operation Specifications
2-3-2 Calling up the Direct Print Setting Screen
(1) The camcorder must be in the Card Playback mode with the BJ 895PD connected andthe BJ 895PD powered on.In the upper left-hand corner of the screen two icons marked Print and Settings aredisplayed. If a memory card with images stored on it is mounted in the camcorder, thelast image recorded is displayed on the screen.
(2) Press the Setting switch.The camcorder switches to the Direct Print mode.
Turn the Multi switch to select Print, Cancel, No. of Copies, or Style (Border or NoBorder) and specify the setting for the desired item. (Refer to page 60 for details ofthe screen.)
The direct print setting specifications are basically the same as those for a digitalcamera.However, the card image advance item on the setting screen is unique to video cam-eras, and the Advance button works at all times except when an image displayed inreduced size is in the process of being printed.
Other
(1) The image larger than 160 × 120 dots and smaller than 2024 × 1536 dots can be printed. However, the file larger than 2MB cannotbe printed.
(2) Animation image cannot be printed.
L SizeBorderless
Style
Copies
OK Cancel
Compatible printers BJ F890PD/BJ 895PD/BJ 535PD
Functions
1 image
Partial image ×
Border yes/no
Date yes/no ×
Number of copies
DPOF specified printing
Index printing ×
Trimming ×
Operation keys
Change button focus Multi switch (up-down)
Confirmation button Setting button
Card image advance Card image advance + and - buttons
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-14
3. Performance and FunctionsDM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 Type VTR- integrated camera2 Recording system Rotating two- head helical scan azimuth recording
Consumer electronics digital DVC (SD specs)Complies with PAL system (625 lines, 60 fields)
2-1 Video signal recording system Digital component recording.R-Y, B-Y = 6.75MHz
Quantized bits 8bits2-2 Audio signal recording system PCM digital recording.
16-bit, 48KHz 2 ch (Stereo 1)12-bit, 32KHz 4 ch (Stereo 1 and 2)
2-3 Tracking 2-frequency pilot system2-4 Tape speed Approx. 18.83mm/second. (in SP mode)
Approx. 12.57mm/second. (in LP mode)2-5 Head drum
Drum diameter φ 21.7mmRpms 9000/ 1.001 rotations/ minuteHeads Video heads: 2
3 Recording/ playback time 80 minutes maximum (in SP mode)120 minutes maximum (in LP mode)
Continuous recording time using battery/ actual recording timeDM-MV650i E BP-508 Approx. --- minutes/ --- minutes (using CVF), Approx. --- minutes/ --- minutes (using LCD)
BP-512 Approx. 180 minutes/ 95 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 140 minutes/ 75 minutes (using LCD)BP-522 Approx. 370 minutes/195 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 295 minutes/155 minutes (using LCD)BP-535 Approx. 590 minutes/315 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 470 minutes/250 minutes (using LCD)
DM-MV630i E BP-508 Approx. 100 minutes/ 55 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 75 minutes/ 40 minutes (using LCD)BP-512 Approx. 180 minutes/ 95 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 140 minutes/ 75 minutes (using LCD)BP-522 Approx. 370 minutes/195 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 295 minutes/155 minutes (using LCD)BP-535 Approx. 590 minutes/315 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 470 minutes/250 minutes (using LCD)
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 EBP-508 Approx. 100 minutes/ 55 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 75 minutes/ 40 minutes (using LCD)BP-512 Approx. 180 minutes/ 95 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 140 minutes/ 75 minutes (using LCD)BP-522 Approx. 370 minutes/195 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 295 minutes/155 minutes (using LCD)BP-535 Approx. 590 minutes/315 minutes (using CVF), Approx. 470 minutes/250 minutes (using LCD)
4 Cassette tape specifications Mini DVC specs4-1 Tape type Vapor- deposited metal tape4-2 Tape width 6.35mm Vapor- deposited metal tape4-3 Tape thickness 7µm
5 Camera5-1 Image sensing device 1/ 6- inch interlaced CCD
5-1-1 PixelsTotal pixels Approx. 800,000Actual effective pixels Approx. 400,000 (tape)
Approx. 528,000 (card)5-1-2 Filter Color correction filter5-1-3 Color separation system Differential read out5-1-4 Signal configuration PAL standard color TV signal5-1-5 Scanning system 625 lines × 50 fields / 25 frames5-1-6 Minimum subject illumination
Auto mode Approx. 14 lxLow light mode Approx. 3.4 lxNight mode Approx. 1.6 lx
5-1-7 Subject illumination range Approx. 1.6 lx to approx. 100,000 lx
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-15
5-2 Photo lens5-2-1 Nominal focal length
Tape recording DM-MV650i E 2.8 to 61.6 mm 22x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 54 to 1,188 mm)DM-MV630i E 2.8 to 56 mm 20x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 54 to 1, 080 mm)DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
2.8 to 50.4 mm 18x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 54 to 972 mm)Card recording DM-MV650i E 2.8 to 61.6 mm 22x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 48 to 1,056 mm)
DM-MV630i E 2. 8 to 56 mm 20x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 48 to 960 mm)DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E ——— (Card recording not supported)
5-2-2 Nominal aperture ratioDM-MV650i E 1 : 1.6 (F3.6 on tele end)DM-MV630i E 1 : 1.6 (F3.2 on tele end)
DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E 1 : 1.6 (F2.9 on tele end)5-2-3 Lens configuration 11 elements in 8 groups, using one two- sided aspheric lens5-2-4 Focus adjustment Inner focus type, manually adjustable (adjusted by rotating multi- dial)5-2-5 Minimum object distance 10 mm (AF linked; wide end), 1 m for full zoom area (from lens tip)5-2-6 Power zoom Multi- level variable- speed power zoom, slide lever system. The zoom speed can be changed
depending on the shift amount of the slide lever.Using optical zoom Approx. 2.1 seconds to approx. 23 seconds (Using tape)
Approx. 1.9 seconds to approx. 20 seconds (Using card)Using electronic zoom Approx. 3.6 seconds to approx. 26 seconds (Using tape)
Approx. 2.5 seconds to approx. 22 seconds (Using card)Manual zooming cannot be used (no zoom ring)
5-2-7 Focal length display None. There is a simple zoom display in the viewfinder.5-2-8 Macro mechanism Wide end macro5-2-9 Macro shooting distance 10 mm (from lens front)5-2-10 Filter diameter 30.5 mm P0.55-2-11 Accessory lens, filter Can use WD- 30.5, TL- 30.6, FS- 30.5U, or WA- 30.5 (WA- 30.5 is supplied with DM-MV650i E
model only.)5-2-12 Lens hood None5-2-13 Lens cap Included; Screw-on type
5-3 Digital zoom (tape recording only)DM-MV650i E To 88x (approx. 246.4 mm (35 mm equivalent: 4,752 mm)), to 440x (approx. 1,232 mm (35 mm
equivalent: 23,760 mm))DM-MV630i E To 80x (approx. 224 mm (35 mm equivalent: 4,320 mm)), to 400x (approx. 1,120 mm (35 mm
equivalent: 21,600 mm))DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E To 72x (approx. 201.6 mm (35 mm equivalent: 3,888 mm)), to 360x (approx. 1,008 mm (35 mm
equivalent: 19,440 mm))5-4 Image stabilization function Included (using tape only)
5-4-1 System Electronic image stabilizer5-4-2 Shaking sensing system Angular velocity sensing (using piezoelectric vibration sensor)
5-5 Shooting modes Motion Video mode, Photo mode (tape and card recording (card recording on DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E only))
5-5-1 Tape shooting mode Normal motion video mode (Start and Stop button operation: interlaced scanning) or still imagemode (Photo button operation: field still)
Photo mode Still image recording (frame recording; field recording during Card Mix in motion video mode)for approx. 6.5 secondsHalf- push lock display ( ) for photo button in viewfinder: Displayed in green when AF islocked.
5-5-2 Card recording (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)When the Photo button is operated in Card Recording mode, Progressive Photo images can besaved as still images onto a MultiMedia Card or SD (Secure Digital) memory card.Motion video and audio can be recorded on memory card by operating Start/ Stop button (DM-MV650i E only).
Recording format DCF (Design rule for Camera File system) compliantImage compression format JPEG format (Motion JPEG for motion video), switchable compression ratio (irreversible) (Su-
per Fine, Fine, Standard), refer to section on memory card system (page 1-20)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-16
5-6 Exposure control5-6-1 AE function
Program AE Full Auto mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Spotlight mode, Surf (Sand) & Snowmode, Low Light mode, Low Light + mode (DM-MV650i E: Card and Camera modes only),Night mode, Super Night mode (Super Night mode is DM-MV650i E only)
5-6-2 Photometric system Center- bottom- weighted average :Full Auto mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Low Lightmode, Low Light + mode (DM-MV650i E: Card and Camera modesonly), Night mode, Super Night mode (DM-MV650i E only)
Whole area average photometry + 128- segment evaluative photometry :Spotlight mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow mode
Screen segments 128 segments (16H × 8V)5-6-3 Exposure correction function
AE shift AE shift is performed by pressing the AE Shift button. After AE shift, the AE level can becorrected using the multi- dial (except in Full Auto mode, Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode(Sand & Snow mode), Night mode or Super Night mode).
AE Shift amount ± 7 levels( –2.0, –1.5, –1.25, –1.0, –0. 75, –0.5, –0. 25, ±0, +0.25, +0.5, +0.75, +1.0, +1.25,+1.5, +2.0).Indicated by a number (AE ± 0) in the viewfinder.
5-6-4 Electronic shutterHigh-speed shutter 1/ 50 second, 1/ 120 second, 1/ 250 second, 1/ 500 second, 1/ 1000 second, 1/ 2000 second (can
be selected in Auto mode)Up to 1/ 250 second in Card mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E models)When image stabilizer is ON: 1/ 100 secondWhen image stabilizer is OFF: 1/ 50 second
Low-speed shutter 1/ 12.5 second (Low Light mode, Low Light + mode: constant speed)1/ 50 second to 1/ 6 second (Night mode, Super Night mode)(1/ 6 second to 1/ 500 second automatic setting in Night mode and Super Night mode (DM-MV650i E only))
5-7 AF (Autofocus)5-7-1 System TTL–video signal sensing AF5-7-2 AF range finding area Screen center5-7-3 Range finding window display None.5-7-4 AF operating range 10 mm to infinite (at wide end); 1 m to infinite in full zoom area (from lens front)5-7-5 AF operating illumination range 50 lx - 100,000 lx5-7-6 AF mode switching Continuous AF/ manual focus/ infinity focus. AF can be turned ON/ OFF (by pressing Focus
button) except in Full Auto mode.Manual focus During manual focus (AF OFF), the (MF) display appears in the viewfinder.Infinity focus The shooting distance can be forced to infinity by holding down the ∞ side of the Multi- switch
in the manual focus mode.5-8 Viewfinder 0.33- inch screen, color LCD (approx. 113,000 pixels), ON when LCD monitor is closed (panel
facing inwards) and during mirror shooting5-8-1 Rotation Possible (70° upward to support low- angle shooting)5-8-2 Removal of eyepiece Possible5-8-3 Diopter movement range +1.0 to –5.0 diopter (when eye is at eyepiece)5-8-4 Lens configuration Two elements in two groups
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-17
5-9 LCD panel 2.5- inch screen, color LCD, approx. 112,000 pixels (480 (H) × 234 (V)) TFT active matrix drive.RGB delta arrangement; ON except when monitor is closed (panel facing inwards)
5-9-1 Angle adjustment Possible; monitoring is possible for high- angle, low- angle, and during mirror shooting.5-9-2 Information display Color display of operating mode, simple zoom position, remaining battery charge, remaining
tape, data code, warnings and other indications. Information display is not provided during mir-ror shooting.
Relationship between LCD monitor and viewfinder (CVF)
*1 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only*2 : Can be set to Mirror mode through menu selection.*3 : During Mirror mode, the screen display is flipped left- right (AE shift, window screen, 16:9, card mix, fader, effect,
shutter speed, date and time display) or does not appear ( / card image quality, and recording size only).
Card Recording mode: No card , Card Present and Access Indicator <<<<(Mirror mode is temporarily turned off during REC search and when a warning is displayed.)
5-10 White balance adjustment TTL 128 segments, new white extraction system FAWB; includes set/ preset (outdoor: 5,600 k;indoor: 3,200 k)(selected through camera menu)
Adjustment range 2,800 k to 8,000 k5-11 Digital feature functions The following modes are provided: Fader, Effects, Multi-screen.
Fader : Can be executed once when Fade mode is displayed in conjunction with pressingthe Start/Stop button (the mode display disappears when Fader ends).
Effects : Effects are sustained until this function is turned off.Multi-screen : A number of images, equal to the number of screen windows, are captured and
displayed manually or each time a fixed number of seconds passes. The displayremains until this function is turned off.
Card mix : A mixture of included sample images, images recorded to a card, and cameramotion video is displayed. (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model only)
5-11-1 Fader (tape recording only) Audio synchronized faderAuto fade (JAPAN models: White Fade; Overseas models: Black Fade),Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide.
Fade time Approx. 4 seconds.5-11-2 Effects Art, Black and White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror
(Black and White only in card recording mode).The effects function is toggled ON/OFF by pressing the D. Effect button.
5-11-3 Multi-screen (tape recording only; excludes Night mode)Number of screens 4 (2 × 2), 9 (3 × 3), 16 (4 × 4)Operating modes Manual, Fast (every 4 frames), Normal (every 6 frames), Slow (every 8 frames)
During Low Light mode, the settings are Fast (every 4 frames), Normal (every 8 frames), andSlow (every 12 frames)
5-11-4 Card Mix (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)Mix type Mix type Card Chroma key, Card Lumi. key, Camera Chroma key (iPAL model not equipped
with Camera Chroma key)Mix level adjustment Adjustable, 32 levels
5-11-5 Availability in operation modes
Camera mode and Card/Camera mode VCR mode/Card Playback mode LCD panel position LCD panel CVF LCD panel CVF
Panel closed (panel facing inwards) OFF ON OFF ON
Panel closed (panel facing outwards) ON OFF ON OFF
Panel open ON OFF ON OFF
Mirror shooting *3 ON *2 ON ON OFF
Camera Card (still image) Card (motion video) Tape (still image) Tape (motion video)
Fader × × ×
Effect Black and White only Black and White only
Multi-screen × ×
Card Mix × ×
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-18
5-12 Built-in microphone Stereo (using electret condenser microphone)Stereo provided by 2 nondirectional microphones and electric circuit
5-12-1 Wind screen function Provided, with ON/OFF switch (selected by menu; built-in microphone only)5-13 Other additional functions
5-13-1 Time code Time code Displays recording time (0:00:00 to 7:59:59) and records in sub-code area.5-13-2 Data code Though not displayed during recording, the date and camera information during recording are
automatically recorded and can be displayed during playback.Time and date Automatic calendar range: January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2030 (the initial setting is
January 1, 2003)World clock capability (select the name of your destination city and the date and time are auto-matically adjusted to the local date and time); supports daylight savings time.During playback, time can be displayed in three different modes (date only, time and date, ortime only). (Time and date can be displayed for January 1, 1990 through December 31, 2089.)
Camera data Shutter speed and aperture value information are recorded (but not displayed during recording),and can be displayed during playback.
5-13-3 Accessory shoe Included (advanced accessory shoe: DM-MV650i E only).5-13-4 REC Search mechanism Included. Tape can be played (forward or reverse) by pressing the REC Search button while
camera recording is paused. (When REC Search ends, the camera recording is paused again.)5-13-5 REC Review function Included. Accessed by operating the Recording Check button when camera recording is paused.5-13-6 Zero Set Memory Included. This function allows you to rewind or fast- forward the tape to the position where the
WL- D79/ WL- D80 Zero Set Memory key is pressed (the counter value is set to 0: 00: 00).(During recording, only zero setting is allowed. This function can be used in Playback mode.)
5-13-7 Remote control reception ON/ OFF Possible. This can be done in Camera mode and VCR mode (through menu selection).5-13-8 Headphone volume adjustment Possible. Can be adjusted using the multi- switch.
6 Recorder6-1 Recording functions Camera shooting and recording, DV input recording*, analog input recording* (* : iPAL only)
6-1-1 Recording format Consumer electronics digital DVC (SD specs)6-1-2 Tape speed SD spec Approx. 18.81 mm/ second (in SP mode) , Approx. 12.56 mm/ second (in LP mode)6-1-3 DV input recording Complies with IEEE1394.
Records video/ audio signals from a digital video camera connected through a DV cable.6-1-4 Analog input recording Records analog video/ audio signals using an S Video terminal and AV terminal. (iPAL only)6-1-5 Priority of terminals during recording DV terminal > S Video terminal > AV terminal (iPAL only)
6-2 Insert Recording Possible. (iPAL only)6-2-1 Insert-capable tape Only tapes with SP recording can be used in Insert Recording.
6-3 Audio Dubbing Recording Possible.6-3-1 Audio Dubbing- capable tapes Only tapes with 12- bit/ SP recording (other than 4- channel simultaneous recording) can be used
in Audio Dubbing Recording.6-3-2 Audio dubbing signal input Audio signal from LINE (AV terminal) or microphone (external > internal).6-3-3 Switching To Audio Dubbing Switch by pressing the Audio Dubbing button on the remote control during Playback Pause.
6-4 Playback functions Standard Playback and Superb Playback6-4-1 Standard Playback
a. Video Video recorded in SP and LP modesb. Audio 16-bit Supports the following sampling frequencies: 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz.
12-bit Sampling frequency: 32 kHzStereo 1, Stereo 2, or mixed playback of Stereo 1 and Stereo 2 (variable mix ratio)
6-4-2 Superb Playback Plays video onlya. Still image playback Pure frame playbackb. Fast-forward playback Approx. 11.5× speed.c. Rewind playback Approx. 11.5× speed.d. Frame playback Forward/reverse frame feedinge. Slow playback Forward/reverse 1/3× speedf. 1× SP playback Forward/reverse 1× speedg. 2× SP playback Forward/reverse 2× speedh. Edit search Forward/reverse 1× speed
6-5 Tape fast-forward/rewind time Approx. 2 minutes. 20 seconds. (using 60-minute tape)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-19
6-6 Input signals6-6-1 DV terminal SD format signals complying with IEEE1394– AV/ C protocol (iPAL only)6-6-2 AV terminal (iPAL only)
a. Video signals PAL standard color video signalsImpedance 75 ΩSignal level 1Vp-p (composite)
b. Audio signalsSignal type Stereo audio signalsImpedance 40 KΩ or higherSignal level −10dBv
6-6-3 S Video terminal (iPAL only)Signal configuration PAL Y/C separated video signalImpedance 75 ΩSignal level 0.3Vp-p (color burst signal)
6-6-4 Microphone terminalImpedance 5 KΩ or higherLevel −57dBv (using 600 Ω microphone)
6-6-5 USB port (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)Conforms to USB 1.1.
6-7 Output signals6-7-1 DV terminal Complies with IEEE1394– AV/ C protocol6-7-2 AV terminal
a. Video signalsSignal configuration PAL standard color video signalsOutput impedance 75 ΩOutput signal level 1Vp-p (composite)Horizontal resolution Self re-recording Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center) Camera EE out Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center)
Catalog value: Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center)b. Audio signals
Signal type Stereo audio signalsOutput impedance 3 KΩ or lessOutput signal level −10dBv (with 47 KΩ load)Frequency characteristic 80 Hz to 12 kHz (1 kHz reference ±10 dB range)Audio signal S/N For microphone input 48dB or higher For external microphone input 48dB or higher
6-7-3 S-video terminalSignal configuration PAL Y/C separated video signalVideo signal 1Vp- p (brightness + synchronization signal)Color signal 0.3Vp- p (color burst signal)Brightness signal S/N 45dB or higherHorizontal resolution
Self re-recording Conforms to camera EEoutCamera EE out Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center)
Catalog value: Approx. 400 TV lines (screen center)6-7-4 Headphone terminal Also serves as AV I/ O terminal (switched through menu screen)
Output impedance 47ΩOutput signal level −25dBv (with 16Ω load at maximum volume)
6-7-5 USB port (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)Supports USB 1.1.
Compatible computer systems Windows systems : IBM-compatible PC/ ATs, NEC PC98- NX SeriesMacintosh systems : Power Macintosh, PowerBook, iMac, iBook
Computer operating system Windows systems : Windows 98, Windows 98SE, Windows ME, Windows 2000, Windows XPMacintosh systems : Mac OS 8. 6 to X
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-20
6-8 Memory card system (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)6-8-1 Types of memory cards used SD memory card, Multimedia card.6-8-2 Recordable image types and image quality
Camera Card mode Camera still images can be recorded by pressing the Photo button, and motion video can berecorded by operating the Start/ Stop button. (DM-MV650i E only)The Digital Effects function or Multi- screen function can be used.
VCR card mode Still images can be recorded by pressing the Photo button (depress halfway to display still image,depress fully to record) during tape playback, and motion video can be recorded by operating theStart/ Stop button (approx. 10 seconds at 320 × 240 pixels and approx. 30 seconds at 160 × 120pixels, 15 frames/ second). (DM-MV650i E only)Also, DV input still images (no tape loaded or tape stopped) can be recorded by pressing thePhoto button (depress halfway to display DV input still image, depress fully to record), andmotion video (15 frames/ second) can be recorded by operating the Start/ Stop button.
Quality of still images recorded from tape or DV input to card
6-8-3 File names/folder names The following folder names and file names are used for images saved to memory card afterformatting using the Format menu, based on DCF (Design rule for Camera File system) rules,still image (Exif 2.2) file management specifications, and DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)file management specifications.
Card volume label CANON DV
Here, xxx stands for folder number, yyyy for file number, and z for letter from A to Z.* Corresponds to motion video file with same file number.DCF folder and file namd //DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG xxx : Folder No., yyyy : File No.
File number Files are managed internally in the format Folder Number–File Number.Photographed images are assigned file numbers between 0001 and 9900, and 100 image files arestored per folder.Individual folders are assigned numbers from 100 to 998 (but the numbers 199, 299, 399, 499,599, 699, 799, and 899 are not used).
Relationship between folder numbers and file numbers
Photographed images start with the number 101-0101, and as a basic rule are numbered so as tobe greater than the Directory Number–File Number of files residing on a Memory card.
Source Recording mode Image recorded on card Tape photo recording using DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E
NTSC/ PAL models Progressive Frame images
Motion video recording NTSC/ PAL models Simple pure frame images DV input NTSC/ PAL models Simple pure frame images Line input NTSC/ PAL models Simple pure frame images
File types Compression format Folder name and file name Still image (Exif) file JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/IMG_yyyy.JPG Movie video file Motion JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy.JPG Motion video thumbnail file * JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy.THM Photo stitch JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/STz_yyyy.JPG Zoom browser JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG DPOF file TEXT //MISC/AUTPRINT.MRK Work file TEXT //DCIM/CANONMSC/xxx.tmp
Folder numbers File numbers Stored files
100 0001 0002 0003 ・・・・ 0099 0100 Sample images included at time of shipping
101 0101 0102 0103 ・・・・ 0199 0200
102 0201 0202 0203 ・・・・ 0299 0300
・・・
198 9801 9802 9803 ・・・・ 9899 9900
200 0001 0002 0003 ・・・・ 0099 0100
・・・
998 9801 9802 9803 ・・・・ 9899 9900
Photographed image recording area
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-21
6-8-4 Still image recorded image size VGA 640(H) × 480(V) pixelsNumber of recorded still images (SDC-8M)Super Fine mode 35 (file size per image: approx. 175 kb)Fine mode 52 (file size per image: approx. 120 kb)Standard mode 86 (file size per image: approx. 65 kb)
6-8-5 Motion video recorded image size PAL 320(H) × 240(V) pixels, 160(H) × 120(V) pixels 12.5 frame/secondContinuous recording time
Per shot Approx. 10 seconds (Approx. 1.7MB), Approx. 30 second (Approx. 2.7MB)Per size second Approx. 170KB, Approx. 90KB
6-8-6 Card format Cards should be formatted using the format command in the camcorder's menu. Cards formattedon a PC cannot be guaranteed to function properly as they may malfunction depending on theoperating system.
6-8-7 Stitch Assist function This is an effective way to combine (“stitch” together) photographed images to create a pan-oramic image, using a computer. (The supplied PhotoStitch program is used to combine imageson the user’s computer.) The stitch process works by finding the common portions of images thatadjoin each other, so the user should frame images in such a way that the common portionscontain a distinctive subject (a subject that serves as a landmark). The common portions in eachimage should constitute between 30% and 50% of the frame width. Also, unevenness at the topand bottom should not exceed 10% of the frame height.
6-9 Digital feature playback functions The following modes are provided: Fader, Effect, Multi-screen.· Can be executed once when Fader mode is displayed in conjunction with pressing the /
button (the mode display disappears when Fader ends).· Effects : Effects are sustained until this function is turned off.· Multi-screen : A number of images, equal to the number of screen windows, are captured and
displayed manually or each time a fixed time passes. The display remains untilthis function is turned off.
6-9-1 Fader Audio synchronized FaderAs in Photo mode, Auto Fade (Japanese models: White Fade; overseas models: Black Fade),Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide
Fade time Approx. 4 seconds6-9-2 Effects As in Photo mode, Art, Black and White, Sepia,Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror
(Black and White only in card recording mode)The effects function is toggled ON/OFF by pressing the D. Effect button.
6-9-3 Multi-screenNumber of screens 4 (2 × 2), 9 (3 × 3), 16 (4 × 4)Operating modes Manual, Fast (every 4 frames), Normal (every 6 frames), Slow (every 8 frames)
6-9-4 Card mix Cannot be used.6-9-5 Availability in operation modes
Playback (VCR/tape) Card playback (VCR/card
(ZR70 MC A, ZR65 MC A only)) Fader × Effects × Multi-screen × Card Mix (ZR70 MC A, ZR65 MC A only)
× ×
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-22
6-10 Direct print (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)After connecting the camcorder to the BJ 535PD or BJ 895PD camera direct printer using theDIF-100 direct interface cable supplied with the printer, the user can easily print out still imagesstored on a memory card. Compatible with DPOF printer settings (image and number of copies).
6-10-1 Printable images On the DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, still image files stored on an SD memory card orMultiMediaCard only.
6-10-2 Print format Single-image printing. Printing of index sheets is not supported. Supported paper sizes are L,LL, postcard, A4, and card. Refer to the specifications of the BJ 535PD or BJ 895 PD printer forinformation on compatible paper sizes.
6-10-3 Trimming Not supported.6-10-4 Date stamp Not supported.6-10-5 Number of copies printed Can be specified between 1 and 99.
6-11 Other functions6-11-1 Consecutive shooting mechanism Can be used starting in Recording Pause or Stop mode, or starting with the power off. This does
not apply to cases where the cassette has been removed.6-11-2 Automatic stop function This function is activated in the following cases:
· When forward still image playback is continued for approx. 5 minutes, or reverse still imageplayback is continued for approx. 5minutes
· When a condensation warning is displayed· When the tape end or beginning is reached
6-11-3 Automatic power-off mechanismCamera tape mode After recording has been paused continuously for approximately 5 minutes. When the battery
voltage drops below the specified value.Camera card mode After a period of approximately 5 minutes elapses with the card inserted. When the battery
voltage drops below the specified value.6-11-4 Time code Automatically written during recording. Time code values range from 0:00:00:00 to 7:59:59:24
(hours:minutes:seconds:frames).6-11-5 Photo search This function searches for images shot in Photo mode.
Forward/reverse photo search (use the , keys on the remote control after selecting Photo
Search with the remote control Search Select key)Values can be entered in a range of up to the ± 10th photo from the current position.
6-11-6 Date search If there is more than one recording date, this function cue up to the position where the datechanges.Forward/reverse date search (use the , keys on the remote control after selecting Date
Search with the remote control Search Select key)Values can be entered in a range of up to the ± 10th photo from the current position.
6-11-7 World clock display After setting a reference city (the city where the clock's time is set), when you take a picture,select the name of the city where you are shooting. The date and time will be automaticallychanged to the local date and time, and recorded in the data code.
6-11-8 Speaker Built-in speaker. with volume adjustment6-11-9 File transfer (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
When the USB port on the PC and the USB port on the camcorder are connected using theincluded interface cable (IFC-300PCU), still images (JPEG files) and motion video (MotionJPEG files) recorded on the memory card can be transferred to the PC.If the "ZoomBrowser" program (for Windows) or "ImageBrowser" program (for Macintosh) onthe included Digital Video Solution Disk is installed on the PC in advance, you can transfer thedesired images to the PC while viewing thumbnails of the still images recorded on the memorycard.
6-11-10 A/D conversion (not applicable to PAL models)This function performs real-time conversion of analog AV signals input to the AV terminal intodigital DV signals and outputs them through the DV terminal.When an 8 mm video player or VHS video player is connected with the camcorder using an AVcable, and the camcorder is connected to a PC using a DV cable, playback images can be trans-ferred from the 8 mm tape or VHS tape to the PC. (Under the VCR settings on the VCR menuscreen, set "AV input → DV Output" to ON.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-23
6-11-11 Playback zoom When viewing images recorded on tape or card (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only,still im-ages only), moving the Zoom lever to the Telephoto side causes the image being displayed toappear at 2x magnification. Moving the Zoom lever back to the Wide side causes the image to bedisplayed at its original (unmagnified) size.When viewing an enlarged image, the Multi-dial can be used to change the portion of the imagethat is displayed. (In LCD monitor, a frame indicating the magnified portion is displayed alongwith and indications showing the directions in which movement is possible using theMulti-dial.) To toggle between up-down and left-right movement, the user presses the Multi-
dial. (The default setting when switching to 2x magnification is left-right movement.)6-11-12 Battery charge function By connecting to Canon compact power adapter CA-570, the battery pack installed at the battery
pack installing section can be charged. (When charging is performed, the charge lamp flashes (1-flash for the charged amount ranged from 0% to approx. 75%; 2-flash for the charged amountranged from 75% to 95%) or lights up (at full charge, that is, 95% or more.)
Charging time BP-508: Approx. 110 min., BP-511/512: Approx. 120 min.,(with power supply switch OFF) BP-522: Approx. 210 min., BP-535: Approx. 310 min.
7 Terminals and ports7-1 DV terminal Special 4-pin connector (IEEE1394 compatible); input and output (Output only on PAL models)7-2 S-video terminal 4-pin mini-DIN, input and output (Output only on PAL models)7-3 AV (Video/audio) terminal φ 3.5mm, 4-pole pin jack (yellow); input and output (Output only on PAL models)
also serves as headphone terminal7-4 External microphone input terminal φ 3.5mm stereo mini jack7-5 Headphone terminal φ 3.5mm stereo mini jack (also serves as AV terminal)7-6 Memory card connection terminal Special multi-pin (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)7-7 Battery terminal Special 3-pin7-8 DC IN terminal φ 3.4mm jack7-9 USB port 5-pin (mini-B Receptacle; DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
8 Power supply8-1 Input power 7.4V DC (battery pack), 8.4V DC (DC IN).8-2 Power consumption DM-MV650i E During shooting : Approx. 2.9 W (using CVF); approx. 3.8 W (using LCD monitor)
During playback : Approx. 4.2 W (using LCD monitor)DM-MV630i E During shooting : Approx. 2.9 W (using CVF); approx. 3.8 W (using LCD monitor)
During playback : Approx. 4.2 W (using LCD monitor)DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E During shooting : Approx. 2.9 W (using CVF); approx. 3.8 W (using LCD monitor)
During playback : Approx. 4.2 W (using LCD monitor)9 Dimensions (W × H × D) Approx. 58 × 103 × 147 mm (approx. 2.3 in × 4.1 × 5.8 in) (excluding small projections)10 Weight
10-1 Camcorder alone DM-MV650i E Approx. 525 g (approx. 1.2 lb)DM-MV630i E Approx. 520 g (approx. 1.1 lb)
DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E Approx. 520 g (approx. 1.1 lb)10-2 Total equipped weight DM-MV650i E Approx. 625 g (approx. 1.4 lb) *1
DM-MV630i E Approx. 610 g (approx. 1.3 lb) *2DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E Approx. 610 g (approx. 1.3 lb) *3
*1 : (including BP-512, DVM-E30, lens cap, coin-type lithium battery, SDC-8M, grip belt)*2 : (including BP-508, DVM-E30, lens cap, coin-type lithium battery, SDC-8M, grip belt)*3 : (including BP-508, DVM-E30, lens cap, coin-type lithium battery, grip belt)
11 Temperature and humidity requirements11-1 Temperature and humidity requirements for performance
0°C to 40°C, maximum 85% relative humidity11-2 Temperature and humidity requirements for operation
−5°C to 45°C, maximum 65% relative humidity
⇒
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-24
4. System Diagram (Common to all Models)
Fig. 1-2
MV650i MV630i
MultiMediaCard
IFC-300PCU USB Cable
PC Card Adapter
USB Reader/Writer
FD Adapter
VL-10Li BatteryVideo Light
Stereo Microphone (commercially
WL-D80 Wireless Controller
WL-D79 Wireless Controller
MiniDV VideoCassette
CG-570 Battery Charger
CA-570 Compact Power Adapter
TV
VCR
SC-1000 Soft
S-150 S-video Cable
BP-500 Series Battery Pack
CB-570Car Battery Cable
Computer
CV-150F/CV-250FDV Cable
BP-500 Series Battery Pack
STV-250N
PC-A10 SCARTAdapter
WA-30.5Wide Attachment
FS-30.5U Filter Set
VL-3 Video Light
DM-50 DirectionalStereo Microphone
SS-800 Shoulder Strap
WS-20 Wrist Strap
MV650i
MV650i MV630i
MV600i MV600
MV650i
MV650i
WD-30.5Wide- converter
TL-30.5Tele- converter
BP-900 Series Battery Pack*
available)
Carrying Case
Bubble Jet Printer with direct print function
SD Memory Card
Digital Device
StereoVideo Cable
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-25
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Camera mode
Zoom display
(displayed for approx.
four seconds after zooming)
Optical zooming W T
88 × digital zooming W T For DM-MV630i E at 80×
and DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E at 72×
440 × digital zooming W T For DM-MV630i E at 400×
and DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E at 360×
Zooming stopped W T
Zoominging to tele end W T
Zoominging to wide end W T
Image stabilizer display
The image stabilizer is ON
The image stabilizer is OFF No display
Recording mode display
SD mode During SP recording
During LP recording
Operation mode display During mirror shooting mirror mode (LCD)
Recording Red display
Record pause Green display
Playback is stopped Green display
Cassette is ejected Green display
+ REC search Green display
− REC search Green display
5. Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays
5-1 Camera Mode
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-26
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Program AE mode display
Full Auto mode is selected
Auto mode is selected
Sports mode is selected
Portrait mode is selected
Spotlight mode is selected
Surf & snow mode is selected
Low light mode is selected
Night mode is selected
Super Night mode is selected DM-MV650i E only
Program AE mode menu
Super Night mode is for DM-MV650i E only.
Tape counter display
Time code display
Not entered
Zero Set Memory M
M
M
Not entered M
AE shift display
Minimum exposure value
When standard value is set
Maximum exposure value
During AE No display
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-27
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Timer display
Remaining tape display
At end of tape
Not entered
Tape warning display Flashes red
Other No display
Focus mode display
AF OFF
Infinity focus
AF ON No display
Self timer display
Self timer standby
Timer operating
Other No display
Battery power display
Approx. 75% remaining. Approx. 50% remaining. Approx. 25% remaining. Approx. 0% remaining. Flashes red
Power adapter is connected No display
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-28
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Shutter speed display
1/60 sec.
1/100 sec.
1/250 sec.
1/500 sec.
1/1000 sec.
1/2000 sec.
Auto No display
White balance display
Set
Indoor preset
Outdoor preset
Auto No display
Condensation warning display
Remote sensor code display
Code 1 setting
Code 2 setting
Sensor OFF
Headphone volume adjustment display
Volume OFF
Card mix display
(For DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-29
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Digital feature display
Fade Tigger
Wipe (horizontal)
Corner Wipe
Jump
Flip
Puzzle
Zigzag
Beam
Tide
Art
Black and White
Sepia
Mosaic
Ball
Cube
Wave
Color Mask
Mirror
Multi-screen
Feature OFF No display
Digital feature menu
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-30
OFF
In Fader Selection
In Effect Selection
In Multi Screen Selection In Multi Screen Speed Selection
In Multi Screen Count Selection
Digital Feature selection
Press the “D.E. SEL” button in Camera mode, VCR mode, or Card Recording mode.The line where the cursor is located in the menu is surrounded with a turquoise frame.The previously selected items and the corresponding settings are shown in yellow.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-31
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Wind screen display
Wind screen ON ON
Wind screen OFF No display
Time and date display
When time and date are not set
Audio mode display
16-bit is selected
12-bit is selected
16 : 9 mode display
16:9 mode is selected
Other No display
Half-press lock display
Photo mode display
Normal recording No display
Photo mode is selected
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-32
5-2 VCR Mode
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
VCR mode
Audio output display
12-bit Stereo 1 is selected
12-bit Stereo 2 is selected
12-bit Mix 1:1 is selected
12-bit Mix variable is selected
16-bit No display
Audio Mix Balance display
ST-1:ST-2 = 1:0
ST-1:ST-2 = 1:1
ST-1:ST-2 = 0:1
Recording mode display
During SP recording Not applicable to PAL models.
During LP recording Not applicable to PAL models.
Operating mode display
During Recording Red display
During Recording pause
Cassette is ejected
Playback is stopped
Playback
Fast-forward
Rewind
No tape
Fast-forward playback
2× SP playback
1× SP playback
Slow playback
Frame advance playback
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-33
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Still image playback
Reverse still image playback
Frame reverse playback
Slow reverse playback
1× SP reverse playback
2× SP reverse playback
Rewind playback
Forward edit search
Reverse edit search
Forward date/photo search
Reverse date/photo search
FF return
REW return
AV insert pause
AV insert recording
Audio dubbing pause
Audio dubbing recording Red display
Tape counter
Time code display
Not entered
Zero set memory Same as during Camera mode
Remaining tape display Same as during Camera mode
Audio dubbing/insert or
search operation display
AV insert is selected No function for PAL models.
Audio dubbing is selected No display for PAL models.
Date search operation
Still image photo search operation
Other than search No display
Battery power display Same as during Camera mode
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-34
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Remote sensor code display Same as during Camera mode
Battery warning display Same as during Camera mode
Condensation warning display Same as during Camera mode
Speaker volume adjustment display
Volume OFF
Headphone volume adjustment display Same as during Camera mode
Data code display
Data code setting
Date and time Camera data Date and time & camera data
Date &
time
setting
Time
setting
Date
setting
Date
andtimeselection
Camera data
F-number display
F-number closed This product has no F-number full-close
When not entered function.
Shutter speed display The shutter speed of this product ranges from 1/6, 1/50 to 1/2000 sec.
When not entered
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-35
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Time display
Time setting is selected
Not entered
Time and time setting are selected
Not entered
Date display
Not entered
Wind screen display Same as during Camera mode
Audio data display
Audio dubbing/audio input terminal No display (function) models.
Audio dubbing/micro-phone No display for PAL models.
input terminal
Audio mode display Same as during Camera mode
16 : 9 mode display Same as during Camera mode
DV display
During DV input No display (function) models.
AV input → DV signal conversion No display (function) models.
Other No display
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-36
5-3 Card/Camera Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Card / Camera mode
Zoom display Same as during Camera mode
Card recording image quality display
Program AE mode display
Full Auto mode
Auto mode
Sports mode
Portrait mode
Spotlight mode
Surf & snow mode
Low light mode
Low light + mode DM-MV650i E only
Stitch assist number of
photos display
Card access display
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-37
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Card free space display
No card (flashes red) Accidental erasure protection
9999 or more images can be recorded
99 images can be recorded displayed green for 6 or more images
5 images can be recorded displayed yellow for 1 to 5 images
0 images can be recorded displayed red for 0 images
AE shift display Same as during Camera mode
Card motion video recording time display
320 × 240 pixels
160 × 120 pixels
Still image size display
1024 × 768 pixels
640 × 480 pixels
Motion video size display
(DM-MV650i E only) ×
160 × 120 pixels
Focus mode display Same as during Camera mode
Self timer display Same as during Camera mode
Battery power display Same as during Camera mode
Shutter speed display
Lithium battery low-power warning display Same as during Camera mode
Remote sensor code display Same as during Camera mode
White balance display Same as during Camera mode
Battery low-power warning display Same as during Camera mode
Condensation warning display Same as during Camera mode
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-38
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Digital feature display Same as during Camera mode
(but with no fader function)
Time and date display Same as during Camera mode
(Date and time only)
Half-press lock display Same as during Camera mode
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-39
5-4 Card Playback Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Card play mode
Slideshow display
DPOP designation display
Protect mark display
DCF file name display
Directory Number-File Number
Card access display
Writting to card Shown in red, displayed in sequence
Reading from card Shown in green, displayed in sequence
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-40
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Image number display
No card Flashes red
Checking number of images recorded on card
0 recorded images
9th of 99 recorded images
99th of 99 recorded images
9999th of 9999 recorded images
Image size display
Volume display (DM-MV650i E only) Same as during VCR mode During moving image playback
Data code display Same as during VCR mode
(Date and time only)
Slideshow operation guidance display
During slideshow execution
1-41
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-5 Menu Display
Camera mode, VCR mode, Card/Camera mode, and Card Playback mode are provided in the menu display.
Camera Mode
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
CARD MIX *1 Go to Card mix selection screen
CAM. SET UP SHUTTER AUTO AUTO Lithium battery1/501/1201/2501/5001/10001/2000
D. ZOOM OFF 88× / 80× / 72× Lithium battery88× / 80× / 72×440× / 400× / 360×
IMAGE S. ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
16 : 9 ON OFF Lithium batteryOFF
WHIT BAL. AUTO AUTO Lithium batterySETINDOOROUTDOOR
RETURNVCR SET UP REC MODE SP SP Lithium battery
LPAV/PHONES AV AV Lithium battery
PHONES RETURN
AUD. SET UP WIND SCREEN ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
AUDIO MODE 16 bit 12 bit Lithium battery12 bit
RETURNDISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *2 Lithium battery
LCD MIRROR *2 ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
TV SCREEN ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
D/T DISPLAY *2 ON OFF Lithium batteryOFF
1-42
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
DISP. SET UP DEMO MODE ON OFF Lithium batteryOFF
RETURNSYSTEM BUTTON LIGHT *3 ON ON Lithium battery
PUSH ONOFF
LIGHT COLOR *3 GREEN TURQUOISE Lithium batteryORANGEBLUEYELLOWTURQUOISEPURPLE
WL REMOTE *4 Lithium battery
OFF BEEP *2 ON ON Lithium battery
OFFT. ZONE/DST *4 LONDON PARIS Lithium battery
LONDONPARISPARIS· · · · · ·CAIROMOSCOWDUBAIKARACHIDACCABANGKOKH.KONGTOKYOSYDNEYSOLOMONWELLGTNSAMOAHONOLU.ANCHORL.A.DENVERCHICAGON.Y.CARACASRIOFERNEN.· · · · · ·AZORESAZORES
D/TIME SEL *4 1. JAN. 2003 1. JAN. 2003 Lithium battery12:00 AM 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 203011:59 PM
RETURN
1-43
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
*1 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model only.*2 : BEEP, BRIGHTNESS, MIRROR, and D/T DISPLAY information is not displayed on screens other than the menu
screen.*3 : DM-MV650i E model only.*4 : On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed. Note that
this applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF is selected for D/T DISPLAY. Also, WL. REMOTE “OFF ( )” isdisplayed at all times.
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
MY CAMERA SHTR SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
S-UP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
S/STOP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
SELF-T SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
RETURN CLOSE MENU
1-44
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
VCR Mode
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
VCR SET UP REC MODE *6 SP SP Lithium batteryLP
AV/PHONES AV AV Lithium batteryPHONES
AV DV OUT *6 ON OFF Reset when power isOFF turned off
RETURNAUD. SET UP OUTPUT CH *1 L/R L/R Reset when power is
L/L turned offR/R
AUDIO MODE *6 16bit 12bit Lithium battery12bit
12 bit AUDIO OUT STEREO 1 STEREO 1 Reset when power isSTEREO 2 turned offMIX/FIXEDMIX/VARI.
MIX BALANCE Lithium battery
AUDIO DUB. *6 AUDIO IN AUDIO IN Lithium batteryMIC. IN
WIND SCREEN ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
RETURNCARD SET UP *2 SI QUALITY SUPER FINE FINE Lithium battery
FINENORMAL
MOVIE SIZE 320 × 240 320 × 240 Lithium battery160 × 120
IMAGE NOS. RESET CONTINUOUS Lithium batteryCONTINUOUS
RETURNCARD OPER. *2 COPY [ ] ] Go to Copy execution screen
RETURNDISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *1 Lithium battery
DISPLAYS ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
6 SEC. DATE *1 ON OFF Lithium batteryOFF
DATA CODE *3 DATE/TIME DATE/TIME Lithium batteryCAMERA DATACAM. & D/T
D/TIME SEL *3 DATE DATE & TIME Lithium batteryTIMEDATE & TIME
RETURN
1-45
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
SYSTEM BUTTON LIGHT *4 ON ON Lithium batteryPUSH ONOFF
LIGHT COLOR *4 GREEN GREEN Lithium batteryORANGEBLUEYELLOWTURQUOISEPURPLE
WL REMOTE *2 Lithium battery
OFF BEEP *1 ON ON Lithium battery
OFFT. ZONE/DST *5 LONDON PARIS Lithium battery
LONDONPARISPARIS· · · · · ·CAIROMOSCOWDUBAIKARACHIDACCABANGKOKH.KONGTOKYOSYDNEYSOLOMONWELLGTNSAMOAHONOLU.ANCHORL.A.DENVERCHICAGON.Y.CARACASRIOFERNEN.· · · · · ·AZORESAZORES
D/TIME SEL *5 1. JAN. 2003 1. JAN. 2003 Lithium battery12:00 AM 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 203011:59 PM
RETURN
1-46
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
*1 : BRIGHTNESS, 6 SEC. DATE, OUTPUT CH, and BEEP information is not displayed on screens other than the menuscreen.
*2 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model only.*3 : Displayed only when DATA CODE is ON on screens other than the menu screen.*4 : DM-MV650i E model only.*5 : On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed. Note that
this applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF is selected for D/T DISPLAY.*6 : Does not function on PAL model (no menu item).
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
MY CAMERA SHTR SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
S-UP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
S/STOP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
SELF-T SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
RETURN CLOSE MENU
1-47
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
Card Camera Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
CAM. SET UP SHUTTER AUTO AUTO Lithium battery1/501/1201/250
WHIT BAL AUTO AUTO Lithium batterySETINDOOROUTDOOR
RETURNCARD SET UP SI QUALITY SUPER FINE FINE Lithium battery
FINENORMAL
SI SIZE 1024 × 768 1024 × 768 Lithium battery640 × 480
MOVIE SIZE 320 × 240 320 × 240 Lithium battery160 × 120
FILE NOS. *1 RESET CONTINUOS Lithium batteryCONTINUOS
RETURNVCR SET UP AV/PHONES AV AV Lithium battery
PHONES RETURN
AUD. SET UP WIND SCREEN ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
RETURNDISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *2 Lithium battery
LCD MIRROR *2 ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
TV SCREEN ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
D/T DISPLAY *2 ON OFF Lithium batteryOFF
DEMO MODE ON OFF Lithium batteryOFF
RETURNSYSTEM BUTTON LIGHT *3 ON ON Lithium battery
PUSH ONOFF
LIGHT COLOR *3 GREEN BLUE Lithium batteryORANGEBLUEYELLOWTURQUOISEPURPLE
WL REMOTE *2 Lithium battery
OFF BEEP *2 ON ON Lithium battery
OFF
1-48
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
*1 : BEEP, BRIGHTNESS, MIRROR, D/T DISPLAY, FILE NOS., and SHTR SOUND information is not displayed on screensother than the menu screen.
*2 : On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed. Note thatthis applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF is selected for D/T DISPLAY. Also, WL. REMOTE “OFF ( )” isdisplayed at all times.
*3 : DM-MV650i E model only.
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
SYSTEM T. ZONE/DST *2 LONDON PARIS Lithium batteryLONDONPARISPARIS· · · · · ·CAIROMOSCOWDUBAIKARACHIDACCABANGKOKH.KONGTOKYOSYDNEYSOLOMONWELLGTNSAMOAHONOLU.ANCHORL.A.DENVERCHICAGON.Y.CARACASRIOFERNEN.· · · · · ·AZORESAZORES
D/TIME SEL *2 1. JAN. 2003 1. JAN. 2003 Lithium battery12:00 AM 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 203011:59 PM
RETURNMY CAMERA SHTR SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 LITHIUM BATTERY
PATTERN2PATTERN3
S-UP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 LITHIUM BATTERYPATTERN2PATTERN3
S/STOP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 LITHIUM BATTERYPATTERN2PATTERN3
SELF-T SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 LITHIUM BATTERYPATTERN2PATTERN3
RETURN CLOSE MENU
1-49
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
Card Playback Mode (Card/VCR Mode) (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
CARD OPER. COPY [ ] Go to the Copy execution screen(Single screen)
PRINT ORDERS Go to the Print oders allerase screen ALLERASEIMAGE ERASE Go to the Image erase screen
FORMAT Go to the Format screen
RETURNCARD OPER. PROTECT Go to Image Protect screen(Index screen)
PRINT ORDER Go to Print order screen
RETURNVCR SET UP REC MODE SP SP Lithium battery
LPAV/PHONES AV AV Reset when power is
PHONES turned off RETURN
DISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *1 Lithium battery
DISPLAY ON ON Lithium batteryOFF
D/TIME SEL *2 DATE DATE & TIME Lithium batteryTIMEDATE & TIME
RETURNSYSTEM BUTTON LIGHT *3 ON ON Lithium battery
PUSH ONOFF
LIGHT COLOR *3 GREEN YELLOW Lithium batteryORANGEBLUEYELLOWTURQUOISEPURPLE
WL REMOTE *1 Lithium battery
OFF BEEP *2 ON ON Lithium battery
OFF
1-50
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
SYSTEM T. ZONE/DST *4 LONDON PARIS Lithium batteryLONDONPARISPARIS· · · · · ·CAIROMOSCOWDUBAIKARACHIDACCABANGKOKH.KONGTOKYOSYDNEYSOLOMONWELLGTNSAMOAHONOLU.ANCHORL.A.DENVERCHICAGON.Y.CARACASRIOFERNEN.· · · · · ·AZORESAZORES
D/TIME SEL *4 1. JAN. 2003 1. JAN. 2003 Lithium battery12:00 AM 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 203011:59 PM
RETURN PRINT ORDER *5 Go to the Print order screen
1-51
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
*1: BRIGHTNESS and BEEP information is not displayed on screens other than the menu screen.*2: Displayed only when DATA CODE is ON on screens other than the menu screen.*3: DM-MV650i E model only.*4: On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed.*5: Displayed only when connected to a camera direct printer. Note that this applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF
is selected for D/T DISPLAY.
MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
MY CAMERA CREATE START-UP Go to the Startup screen creation screen
SEL. S-UP IMG NO PICTURE CANON LOGO Lithium batteryCANON LOGOMY PICTURE
SHTR SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
S-UP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
S/STOP SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
SELF-T SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN1 Lithium batteryPATTERN2PATTERN3
RETURN RETURN
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-52
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Slideshow screen
Index screen
Image protect screen
Print order screen
5-6 Card-Related Screen Displays
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-53
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Copy screen
Copy ( ) selection screen
Copy ( ) execution screen
Copy ( ) selection screen
Copy ( ) execution screen
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-54
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Image erase screen
Image erase selection screen
Erasing one image
Warning: Erasing in progress
Erasing all images
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-55
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Format screen
Format execution confirmation screen
Format execution screen
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-56
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Card mix selection screen
Mix type setting screen
Animation type setting screen
Mix level setting screen
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-57
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
Stitch assist screen
My camera settings
My camera settings screen
Startup image creation screen
Select recording position
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-58
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
My camera settings
Record execution confirmation
Message during image creation
Startup image selection screen
Shutter sound selection screen
Startup sound selection screen
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-59
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS
My camera settings
Start/stop selection screen
Self-timer sound selection screen
PC connection screen displays
USB connection
IEEE1394 connection
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-60
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL
Direct print setting screen
Direct print setting initial screen
Print selection screen
L SizeBorderless
Style
Copies1
Print Cancel
Now printing (1/1)
SET
L SizeBorderless
Print stop screen
L SizeBorderless
OK Cancel
Two sheets remain.Cancel ?
Two sheets remain.Cancel ?
SET
L SizeBorderless
OK Cancel
Cancel
Now printing (1/3)
L SizeBorderless
SET
SET
L SizeBorderless
Style
Copies1
OK Cancel
SET
Direct Print Cancel
Cancel selection screen
5-7 Direct Print Setting Screen
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-61
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL
Direct print setting screen
Number of copies setting screen
L SizeBordered
Style
Copies
Print Cancel
SW
1
L SizeBordered
Style
Copies
Print Cancel
SET
L SizeBordered
Style
Copies
Print Cancel
2
L SizeBordered
Style
Copies
Print Cancel
(Quantity set by Multi switch)
Setting 1 Setting 2
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-62
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL
Direct print setting screen
Style setting screen
SET
SELECT
SET
Style
Paper Setting
L Size
Paper Setting
L Size
SET
MENU
SELECT
Go to the style setting screen using MENU buttons
MENU
MENU
L SizeBorderless
Style
Copies
Print Cancel
1
L SizeBorderless
Style
Copies
Print Cancel
1
Style
Paper Setting
LL Size
MENU
Style
Borders
Borderless
MENU
Style
Borders
Borderless
MENU
Style
Borders
Bordered
MENU
Style
SELECT
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-63
MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL
OK screen
L Size9999Borderless
Style
ResumeOK Cancel
Now Printing (1/9999)Print all marketed images
SET
SET
L Size9999Borderless
Cancel
Print stop screen
L Size9999Borderless
OK Cancel
Set-print Mode cancel.
Now Printing (1/9999) Cancel ?
SET
SET
L Size9999Borderless
Cancel
Print restart screen
L Size9999Borderless
Style
OKResume
Cancel
Now Printing (1/9999)Print remaining Images.
SET
L Size9999Borderless
Cancel
Style setting screen
L Size9999Borderless
Style
OKResume
Cancel
Style is changed.
SET
L Size9999Borderless
OKResume
Cancel
Go to the stylesetting screen
Style is changed.
5-8 Print
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-64
5-9 Warning Displays
COPYRIGHT PROTECTED PLAYBACK IS RESTRICTED• When copy-protected tape is played.
COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED• When copy protection information is detected during DV input or LINE input, or when the signal output from the television or
VCR is garbled during analog input.
SET THE TIME ZONE, DATE AND TIME• When the power is turned on without setting the area and/or time and date.
REMOVE THE CASSETTE• When a cassette is inserted while there is a mechanical error or condensation in the unit.
CHECK THE DV INPUT• When “REC” is pressed in a mode that allows transition to REC, without a connection to DV input, or in a condition where the
connected DV input cannot be recognized.
CHANGE THE BATTERY PACK• When the battery power is low.
CONDENSATION HAS BEEN DETECTED• When condensation is detected (if a cassette is inserted, a “REMOVE THE CASSETTE” message appears).
THE TAPE IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION• When “REC” is pressed in a mode that allows transition to REC in VCR mode, if the cassette is set for erasure prevention. In
Camera mode, when the power is turned ON, when the “Start/Stop” button is pressed, and when a cassette is inserted, if thecassette is set for erasure prevention.
TAPE END• When the tape end is detected, or when a key (FF, PLAY, etc.) which drives the tape forward is pressed in a mode that allows
transition to forward driving during the detection process.
CHECK THE CASSETTE [REC MODE]• When the Audio Dubbing or AV Insert button is pressed at a tape position recorded in LP/ESP/ELP; or when LP mode is
detected during Audio Dubbing or AV Insert.
CHECK THE CASSETTE [AUDIO MODE]• When the Audio Dubbing button is pressed at a tape position with 16-bit or 4-channel simultaneous recording; or when 16-bit
mode or 4-channel simultaneous recording mode is detected during Audio Dubbing.
CHECK THE CASSETTE [BLANK]• When a blank tape area is detected during Audio Dubbing or AV Insert.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-65
CARD ERROR• When a card error occurs and data cannot be recorded on the card (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
CARD FULL• When the card is full (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
NAMING ERROR• When the maximum number of file numbers and directory numbers are created (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
UNIDENTIFIABLE IMAGE• When an attempt is made to play an image in an unplayable format, an incompatible JPEG image, or an image with corrupt data
(for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
PRINT ORDER ERROR• When there are too many print marks (201 or more), or when a mark file cannot be edited (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E
model).
NO CARD• When there is no card in the camcorder socket (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
NO IMAGES• When there are no images to be played in the card (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
THE CARD IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION• When an attempt is made to record on an SD card set for erasure prevention, in a mode that allows card recording (VCR mode,
Card Recording mode) (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
NOW CREATING START-UP IMAGE• The startup image is being written to flash memory (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
CARD MODE• When Start/Stop button is pressed in the Camera mode (for DM-MV630i E model).
** A warning (warning text) is displayed for approx. four seconds in the center of the screen when an abnormality, etc. occurs.** While the warning (warning text) is displayed, only actions enabling a mode transition are accepted. The warning display disap-
pears simultaneous with the acceptance of such an action.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-66
6. Backing Up Various Data
6-1 Backup by Main Power Supply
The condensation timer is backed up by the main power supply alone.
6-2 Backup by Main Power Supply or Backup Power Supply (Lithium Coin Primary Battery)
The table below lists the item (excluding menu items) backed up by the main power supply or backup power supply (lithium coinprimary battery).
Item Default Remarks
Digital zoom position Optical tele end
WB data (SET) - - - -
Time and date settings (auto date) 2003. 1.1 12:00 AM
Menu cursor position Very top
Time code - - - -
Mix balance (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Center
Headphone volume Center
Speaker volume Center
Mechanical errors - - - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-67
6-3 Backup Conditions Related to Switch Operation
6-3-1 Turning OFF the Power
When Camera mode is in “ (Program AE)” mode.
In (Full Auto) mode, after the power is turned on (Camera), the specifications are the same as in 6-3-3 (Switching to “FullAuto”).
* CAM : Camera mode only *CD : Card Recording mode only (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)* Independent : Independent backup for Card/Camera mode, Camera mode, and VCR mode
The card recording still image selection in Card Mix (Card Mix standby state) is not backed up when the power is turned off.
Item Power switch OFF, VCR
Camera mode, Card/Camera mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
Program AE mode type Backup
Manual focus ON/OFF Backup
AE shift setting mode ON/OFF Backup
DE, DF ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)
Headphone volume *CAM Backup
Self timer ON/OFF Backup (set to OFF)
On-screen ON/OFF Backup
Zero Set Memory counter value *CAM Backup
Camera, Card/Camera (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) menu item settings
Digital Effects selection Backup *Independent
Fader *CAM Backup *Independent
Effects Backup *Independent
Multi-screen (speed) Backup *Independent
Multi-screen (number of screens) Backup *Independent
Mix key selection in Card MixBackup
*CAM (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Mix level in Card MixBackup
*CAM (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Shutter speed setting Backup
Digital zoom setting Backup *Independent
Image stabilizer ON/OFF Backup
16:9 ON/OFF Backup
White balance setting Backup
Remote control code setting Backup
Recording mode setting *CAM Backup
Confirmation beep ON/OFF Backup
Wind screen ON/OFF Backup
Audio mode setting *CAM Backup
AV/headphone selection Backup
LCD brightness adjustment Backup
Mirror shooting setting Backup
On-screen ON/OFF Backup
Time and Date display Backup
Area/daylight saving time setting Backup
Time and Date setting Backup
Image quality *CD (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) Backup
Number reset *CD (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) Backup
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-68
6-3-2 Switching the Power Switch to a Different Position
* Independent : Independent backup for Card Recording mode, Camera mode, and VCR mode
Item Power switch OFF
VCR mode
Headphone volume Backup
Speaker volume Backup
On-screen ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)
Zero Set Memory counter value Backup
Data code display ON/OFF Backup
Audio 12-bit output selection Reset (set to "Stereo 1")
Mix balance setting Backup
Photo Search/Date Search for search selection Reset (changes to "Photo Search")
VCR menu item settings
D. Effects selection Backup *Independent
Fader *CAM Backup *Independent
Effects Backup *Independent
Multi-screen (speed) Backup *Independent
Multi-screen (number of screens) Backup *Independent
Remote control code setting Backup
Recording mode setting Backup
Data code setting Backup
Time and date selection setting Backup
LCD brightness adjustment Backup
Text display during playback ON/OFF Backup
Date Auto display ON/OFF Backup
Bilingual setting Reset (set to "Main + Sub")
Audio dubbing input setting Backup
Wind screen ON/OFF Backup
LINE IN audio mode setting Backup
AV/headphone selection Reset (set to “AV”)
Confirmation beep ON/OFF Backup
Image quality (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Backup
Number reset (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Backup
Card Playback mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
On screen ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)
Data code display ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)
Card Playback mode menu item selection (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Remote control code setting Backup
Recording mode setting Backup
Data code setting Backup
Time and Date setting Backup
LCD brightness adjustment Backup
Text display during playback ON/OFF Backup
Date Auto display ON/OFF Backup
Confirmation beep Backup
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-69
6-3-3 Switching Camera Modes/Switching Program AE Modes
The following table presents the backup state performed for various data when the / switch is switched from (Program
AE) to (Full Auto), or when the / switch is set to and the mode is switched to a different Program AE mode.
* CAM : Camera mode only *CD : Card Recording mode only (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)* Independent : Independent backup for Card Recording mode, Camera mode, and VCR mode*1 : When is set again, “Auto” is set.*2 : When is set again, the state preceding the switch to “ ” (Full Auto) is restored.
• The card recording still image selection in Card Mix (Card Mix standby state) is not backed up, even if there is aswitch between Normal and Progressive.
• The backup operations at LANC power-OFF and the recording pause 5-minute timer power-OFF are the same aswhen the power switch is turned OFF.
Item Switched to (Full Auto) Switched to Program AE mode
Camera mode, Card/Camera mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Program AE mode type *1 ----
Auto focus ON/OFF Reset (set to “ON”) Backup
AE shift setting mode ON/OFF Reset (set to “OFF”) *2 Reset (set to OFF)
DE, DF ON/OFF Reset (set to “OFF”) Backup
Headphone volume Backup Backup
Self timer ON/OFF Backup Backup
On screen ON/OFF Backup Backup
Zero Set Memory counter value *CAM Backup Backup
Camera/Card mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) menu item settings
D. Effects selection Backup *Independent Backup *Independent
Fader *CAM Backup *Independent Backup *Independent
Effects Backup *Independent Backup *Independent
Multi-screen (speed) Backup *Independent Backup *Independent
Multi-screen (number of screens) Backup *Independent Backup *Independent
Mix selection in Card MixBackup Backup
*CAM (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only)
Mix level in Card MixBackup Backup
*CAM (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only)
Card recording image selection in Card MixReset Backup
(Card Mix standby state) (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only)
Shutter speed Reset (set to “Auto”) Reset (set to “Auto”)
Digital zoom ON/OFF Backup Backup
Image stabilizer Reset (set to “ON”) Backup
16:9 *CAM set to “OFF” *2 Backup
White balance Reset (set to “Auto”) Backup
Remote control code setting Backup Backup
Recording mode setting *CAM Backup Backup
Confirmation beep Backup Backup
Wind screen Backup Backup
AV/headphone selection Backup Backup
Audio mode *CAM Backup Backup
LCD brightness adjustment Backup Backup
Mirror shooting setting Backup Backup
On screen ON/OFF Backup Backup
Time and Date display Backup Backup
Area/daylight saving time Backup Backup
Time and Date setting Backup Backup
Image quality *CD (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only) Backup Backup
Number reset *CD (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only) Backup Backup
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-70
7. Other Features
7-1 Green Mode
Default Settings in Green Mode
• Focus ------------------------- AUTO• Exposure -------------------- AUTO• White balance --------------- AUTO• DE, DF ---------------------- OFF• Image stabilizer ------------- ON• Shutter ----------------------- AUTO• 16:9 -------------------------- OFF
Other settings are the same as before even when the mode is changed to Green mode.
Keys that do not work in the Full Auto mode
• Focus (Auto/Manual) button (forced Auto)• Exposure (AE/AE Shift) button (forced Auto)• Multi switch• Digital effects (ON/OFF) button (forced OFF)
Relationship between Program AE mode (in Tape Recording) and Various Shooting Functions
* : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only Super Night mode is limited to the DM-MV650i E.
7-2 On Screen
• Turn ON/OFF of the On-screen function is performed through the infrared remote controller or from the menu.• The default setting is ON in Camera mode, and OFF in VCR mode.
Program AE Mode
Item
Recording medium
Autofocus ON/OFF Forced ON
Shutter speed setting × × × × × × × × ×
AE Shift × × × × × ×
Image stabilizer ON/OFF Forced ON ×
White balance setting Forced Auto
Wind screen ON/OFF
Digital zoom ON/OFF Forced OFF Forced OFF Forced OFF
16:9 ON/OFF Forced OFF
Digital fader ON/OFF × ×
Digital effects ON/OFF ×
Multi-screen × × ×
Photo shooting (recorded to tape) ×
Progressive photo shooting × × ×
Card mix * × × × ×
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-71
7-3 Headphones and Speaker
• In Camera mode and Camera/Card mode, the speaker is OFF.• The speakers are on during normal card playback in the VCR mode. The Multi switch is used to adjust the volume.• Headphone volume can only be controlled when headphones are selected in the menu. The volume is controlled using the Multi
switch.• The speaker is OFF when headphones are selected in the menu.
7-4 Battery Indicator, Low-Power Warning, and Low-Power Shutoff
Battery Indicator
• When a battery is used, the battery indicator is displayed at one of five levels (100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, 0% (approximate)). Theselevels indicate the amount of power remaining before the low-power warning indicator appears. The battery indicator is resetwhen the power is turned off. Thus if the voltage is restored while the power is off, the battery indicator level may increase whenthe power is turned back on. However, if the low-power warning appears, it will still be displayed even if the voltage is restoredwhen the power is turned on and off.
• When an AC adapter is used, the battery indicator is not displayed. However, the low-power warning is displayed if the voltagedrops below the low-power warning level due to an abnormality. When the voltage is restored above the low-power warninglevel, the low-power warning disappears.
• The low-power warning is displayed when the battery terminal voltage falls to approx. 6.3 V or less (for this product).
7-5 System Data Displays
* The time code display reads “-.- -:- -:- -” when no tape is inserted or when the camcorder is at an unrecorded tape position.* CGMS : If the data is copy-protected, it is not output to LINE OUT or the CVF (panel).
7-6 Data Code Display
Data codes can be used to turn the display ON/OFF independently (i.e., regardless of the ON/OFF status of other On Screencharacter displays).
7-7 MP Tape Support
LP recording onto MP tape is not possible. When a tape is loaded with LP selected on the menu, the setting is automaticallyswitched to SP. During playback, the tape is played in LP if it was recorded in LP.
Camera Mode VCR Mode
Camera Screen REC Search DIF Input Blue Background PB(including Superb Playback)
Data code (timestamp) × × × - - - × - - -
Data code (camera data) × × × F - - - etc. × F - - - etc.
Time code
Main unitAudio mode (12/16 bit) × ×
4-second display DIF sideWide/Normal × ×
Setting display DIF sideCGMS (warning) × ×
DIF sideSP/LP
Setting display Setting display Setting display
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-72
7-8 Confirmation Beep
In the following cases, beep melodically.
REC PAUSE (*) includes REC PAUSE for audio dubbing and AV Insert.* PIP: 4 kHz, BIP: 2 kHz, BOOP: 1kHz* The startup shutter, start/stop, and self-timer setting can be changed from the My Camera setting screen.
Mode Sound
Power ON PIP
When tape with erase protection is loaded (Camera mode) BEEP BEEP BEEP
When EJECT cover is opened all the way (even when power is OFF) PIP PIP
When recording is started (Camera mode) PIP
When recording is paused (Camera mode) PIP PIP
When Photo button is half-pressed PIP PIP
When photo recording starts PIP
When a condensation or a mechanical error occurs, or five seconds BEEP (5 times)
before the REC PAUSE(*) five-minute timer ends
When the SET button is pressed on an unavailable menu item BOOP
10, 15, and 20 seconds before the REC PAUSE (*) five-minute timer ends BIP BIP BIP
Self timer (synchronized with tally blinking) PIP PIP (8 times at every second)
PIP (8 times at 0.25 second)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-73
7-9 Using Analog Line Recording (Not available on PAL models) andDV Recording (Not Available on PAL models)
(1) Move the power switch to the VCR position and the Tape/Card switch to the TAPE. If a cassette has been inserted it will be stopped.The terminal (DV, S, AV) are set to output. In addition, the headphone terminal (if that setting is selected from the menu), whichalso serves as the AV jack, and the speaker are set to output (the headphone status takes priority).
(2) Connect a cable from a recording source to the S-VIDEO terminal (video signal) and AV terminal (audio signal), or to the AVterminals (video and audio signals), or to the DV terminal. Power on the recording source.
* If recording is paused while input is being received from terminals other than the DV terminal, the AV jack isautomatically set as the AV input terminal.
If more than one of the above terminals is connected at the same time, the active terminal is selected automatically according to thefollowing order of priority.
Order of priority : DV terminal > S terminal > AV terminal
Note that when the playback screen is displayed (including Superb Playback), the playback screen takes priority.(3) Press [REC STANDBY] on the remote control.
Recording is paused. If analog line input is being used, the S terminal and AV terminal are switched to input at this time.(4) To start recording, press [ / ] on the remote control.
This starts recording of video, audio etc. through the terminal selected in step (2)(Press [ / ] to toggle between recording and pausing.)
(5) Press [] to stop recording.Recording is stopped.
* If DV input disappears during DV recording, then recording is stopped.* If a recording source is input to the DV terminal during analog line recording, recording is continued without change. When
recording is paused, the input is switched to DV input.* CGMS (Copy Generation Management System; copy protection) input signal
• Only input signals (CGMS = 00) that are not copy-protected can be recorded.• If a copy-prohibited input signal (CGMS = 11) or single-copy-allowed input signal (CGMS = 10) is detected during
recording or when recording is paused, then recording is paused.• Blue background is output to the LCD panel and CVF. The speaker and headphone output is muted.• Both audio and video CGMSD (Copy Generation Management System for Digital) signals are detected during DV input.
The signal with the stronger copy protection setting is used.
The Following Table Summarizes the Input and Output Statuses in Different Modes.
* : No signal if there is no LINE input.
DV input signal present No DV input signal
LCD, CVF DV terminal S, AV terminals LCD, CVF DV terminal S, AV terminals
Playback Playback screen OUT OUT Playback screen OUT OUT
(including Superb Playback)
No tape, STOP, FF, REW DV input screen IN OUT Blue background OUT OUT
REC PAUSE, REC DV input screen IN OUT Line input screen* IN IN
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-74
7-10 Support for Analog Signal I/O Copyright Protection Signals
(1) Detection of copyright protection signals added to input signals• Detected copyright protection signals: Pseudo-synch pulses and CGMSA (Copy Generation Management System for analog)
signals• Signal detection time: 20 seconds maximum
(2) Copyright protection signals added to output signals• Macrovision (pseudo-synch pulses): Not added• CGMSA signals: Not added
7-11 Video ID1 Detection/Output Support
(1) S1 signal outputWhen a Full mode (squeezed) video signal, consisting of 16:9 video compressed to 4:3, is output from the S terminal, an S 1 -compatible wide monitor will detect an identification signal for automatically restoring the 16:9 video (e.g., during playback of atape recorded in Camera 16:9 mode or a tape containing system data related to the aspect ratio).• NTSC → 16:9 Full mode + 4:3 Letter Box mode identification signal output• PAL → 16:9 Full mode identification signal output
(2) Video ID1 output• When a Full mode (squeezed) video signal, consisting of 16:9 video compressed to 4:3, is output from the composite video
terminal or S terminal, a video ID 1 /-compatible wide monitor will detect an identification signal for automatically restoring the16:9 video (e.g., during playback of a tape recorded in Camera 16:9 mode or a tape containing system data related to the aspectratio).
(3) Detection of S1 signal or video ID1 during line input (ID1 is for NTSC models only)• A video ID 1 /S 1 signal multiplexed onto a video signal input from the composite video terminal or S terminal is detected, and
system data relating to aspect ratio information is recorded.(4) Detection of WSS (Wide Screen Signaling) signal during line input (iPAL model only)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-75
7-12 Audio Dubbing
7-12-1 Tapes to which Audio Dubbing can be Added
Audio dubbing can only be added to tapes with 1 2-bit/SP recording (other than 4-channel simultaneous recording). The camcorderswitches to Stop mode if audio dubbing is attempted on other tapes.The camcorder switches to Stop mode (a warning is displayed) if LP mode is detected, or if any of the following are detected: 1 6-bit mode, 4-channel simultaneous recording, no recording, SDL recording.
7-12-2 Selecting an Audio Dubbing Signal Input Source
Select an audio dubbing input source on the VCR menu. (There is no menu on PAL models. The microphone is the only audiodubbing input source for these models.)There are two audio dubbing options: “Line (AV terminal)” and “Microphone”. If Microphone is selected and an external micro-phone is connected, then the external microphone is used as input. If no external microphone is connected, then the built-inmicrophone is used as input.The settings for line video output are as follows.
(1) When AV terminal input is used: The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Input mode. The speaker output can be monitored.(2) When external microphone input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Output mode. The speaker is off and line
monitoring is possible.(3) When built-in microphone input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Output
The speaker is off and line mounitoring is possible.
7-12-3 Audio Dubbing Procedure
(1) In VCR mode, play and pause the tape at the position where you want to add audio dubbing. Next, press the [Audio dubbing] buttonon the remote control.The camcorder switches to Audio Dubbing mode (Audio Dubbing pause), and (Audio Dubbing pause) is displayed on the LCDpanel (CVF).
(2) Push the Pause [ ] button and input the audio through the microphone, etc.This starts the audio dubbing process.
(3) When you want to stop, press the Stop [] button.Audio Dubbing mode ends and the Audio Dubbing display disappears. The camcorder is stopped.• You can press the Pause [ ] button instead of the Stop [] button to return to the condition in step (1) (Audio Dubbing pause)
without exiting Audio Dubbing mode.• Another way to exit Audio Dubbing mode is to press the [Audio Dubbing] button during Audio Dubbing pause.• If the [Zero Set Memory] button on the remote control is pressed in advance at the tape position where you want audio dubbing
to end, then after step (2), the camcorder will automatically stop at the set position and audio dubbing will end.
7-12-4 CGMS
• A CGMSA signal added to an analog-input video signal cannot be detected while a tape is being played. During audio dubbing,the yellow video terminal must be disconnected.
• Do not activate Audio Dubbing mode at copy-protected locations on a copy-protected tape. When the tape moves from acopyable area to a copy-protected area, the camcorder stops.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-76
7-13 AV Insert (Not Available on PAL models)
In AV Insert mode, an ITI (Insert and Track Information) area is kept and audio, video, and sub-codes are overwritten.
7-13-1 Tapes Allowing AV Insert
Only tapes with SP recording can be used with AV Insert mode. If an attempt is made to enter AV Insert mode with any other typeof tape, the camcorder switches to Stop mode. The camcorder stops (and displays a warning) if LP mode is detected, or if norecording SDL is detected.
7-13-2 AV Insert Signal Input Source Selection
The input source is selected automatically according to the following order of priority:
DV terminal (ACK detected) > AV terminal detected > No connection
The settings for line video output are as follows.(1) When DV terminal input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Output mode. The speaker output can be monitored.(2) When AV terminal input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Input mode. The speaker output can be monitored.(3) When there is no connection : The S terminal and AV terminal are OFF. The speaker output is muted.
7-13-3 AV Insert Procedure
(1) In VCR mode, play and pause the tape at the position where you want to insert AV. Next, press the [AV Insert] button on the remotecontrol. The camcorder switches to AV Insert mode (AV Insert pause), and “ ” (AV Insert pause) is displayed on the LCD panel(CVF).
(2) Push the Pause [ ] button and input the video and audio.This starts the AV insertion process. (AV Insert) is displayed on the LCD panel (CVF).
(3) When you want to stop, press the Stop [] button.AV Insert mode ends and the AV Insert display disappears. The camcorder is stopped.• You can press the Pause [ ] button instead of the Stop [] button to return to the condition in step (1) (AV Insert pause) without
exiting AV Insert mode.• Another way to exit AV Insert mode is to press the [AV Insert] button on the remote control during AV Insert pause.• If the [Zero Set Memory] button on the remote control is pressed in advance at the tape position where you want AV insertion to
end, then after step (2), the camcorder will automatically stop at the set position and AV insertion will end.
7-13-4 CGMS
• AV insertion for both DV input and analog input is only possible when there is no copy protection (CGMS = 00).• If a value other than “00” is detected for CGMS, then the camcorder changes to Stop mode.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1-77
7-14 Analog/Digital Signal Conversion
This function can be used as an A/D conversion function for inputting an analog AV signal from an analog device to a PC.
7-14-1 A/D Signal Conversion Procedure
(1) Connect the output terminal of the analog device with the analog terminal of the camcorder using STV-250N (or using S-1 50 ifnecessary). Also connect the DV terminal of the camcorder with the DV terminal on the PC using CV-250F or CV-1 50F.
(2) Move the camcorder's power switch to [VCR] and move the Tape/Card switch to “Tape”, setting the operating mode to Stop modewithout inserting a tape.
(3) Select this function (A/D signal conversion) from the VCR setting item on the menu. Specifically, set “AV input → DV output” to“ON”.
(4) Open the motion video acquisition software program on the PC and output the analog AV signal from the analog device.The analog AV signal from the analog device is converted by the camcorder to a digital signal (DV signal). The PC can then acquirethe video and audio from the analog device, making it possible to record motion video and still images as needed.
7-14-2 CGMS
• A/D signal conversion for both DV input and analog input is only possible when there is no copy protection (CGMS = 00).• If a value other than “00” is detected for CGMS, then the A/D signal conversion function is closed, the LCD panel/CVF changes
to blue background, the audio output is muted, and the following warning message is displayed: “COPYRIGHT PROTECTEDDUBBING RESTRICTED”.
7-15 Multi Switch
VCR operations and various settings can be performed in this mode.
When the Switch is Turned
When Setting Switch is Pushed
Multi-switch Mode Operated Function When switch is turned upward
During menu selection Item selection The cursor moves up.
Menu During LCD brightness adjustment Brightness adjustment The LCD screen grows brighter.
During card mix level adjustment Mix level adjustment The mix level range becomes smaller.
(DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
During AE shift AE level correction The iris value is increased.
During manual focus Focus adjustment The focus moves closer.
During VCR mode Speaker/headphone volume adjustment The volume increases.
During playback zoom Movement of display frame Frame moves up (to the right).
Multi switch mode Operated function When Setting switch is pushed
Shooting pause Open/close Program AE menu Program AE mode selection.
(sets selected settings)
In Digital Effects mode Digital Effects mode selection switch Digital Effects mode is selected.
When menu is displayed Menu item setting switch The item is selected.
During playback zoom Toggles direction of frame movement The direction of frame movement is selected.
(left-right/up-down)
CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS
1. P.C.B. Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-12. Power Supply Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-3
2-1 Startup of Power Supply ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-32-2 Power Fuses ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-52-3 Power Supply Circuits ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-6
3. Built-in Charger Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-73-1 Outline ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-73-2 Operation at Charging ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-8
3-2-1 Conditions To Start Charging --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-83-2-2 Progress of Charging ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-9
4. Signal Processing Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-104-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-104-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-11
4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-114-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-114-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-12
4-3 Recorder Signal Processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-134-4 Audio Signal Flow -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-14
5. System Control, Servo -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-155-1 Outline of System Control, Servo --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-155-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-165-3 Servo Control -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-175-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-185-5 Error Detection -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-19
5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-195-5-2 Processing after Error Detection ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2-19
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-1
1. P.C.B. Functions(1) MAIN P.C.B.
System-Control Section• IC100 MODE MI-COM System control• IC200 BACK UP MODE MI-COM resetting• IC103 RESET Detects a DC JACK voltage to the MODE MI-COM.
Camera/Card Section• IC1101 SDRAM Memory for MACS (64M)• IC1102 MACS Camera digital signal processing, and card image processing
PM Section• IC1802 OPE AMP Operational amplifier for charge circuit• IC3201 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL Power PWM regulator controller• IC3202 2.7V REGULATOR 2.7V regulator• IC3203 4.7V REGULATOR 4.7V regulator• IC3204 2.5V REGULATOR 2.5V regulator
Video Section• IC2000 VRP2 Record playback head amplifier• IC2100 VIF2 Analog video input/output signal processing• IC2300 FLASH Memory for FR MI-COM• IC2301 VIC3 Digital VCR signal processing LSI, IEEE1394 interface,
FR MI-COM, and USB interface• IC2302 SDRAM Memory for VIC3 (64M)
MO Driver Section• IC300 OPE AMP Operational amplifier for reel sensor• IC301 MOTOR DRIVE Drum, capstan, and loading motor driver
Audio Section• IC801 AUDIO INTERFACE Analog input/output signal processing• IC802 SP DRIVER Speaker amplifier• IC803 4V REGULATOR 4V regulator (for speaker amplifier)
(2) CAC P.C.B.Camera Section
• IC1001 V-DRIVER CCD V driver• IC1002 TG/CDS/AGC/AD CCD, TG, CCD output signal sampling, AGC, and A/D converter• IC1202 IRIS DRIVE IRIS driver, and gyro output amp• IC1701 MOTOR DRIVER Zoom, focus motor driver
CVF Section• IC1501 EVF DRIVER EVF LCD (CVF) drive• IC1502 EEPROM EEPROM for CVF data, MODE MI-COM
(3) CCD P.C.B.• IC1070 CCD CCD image sensor
(4) LCD P.C.B.• IC901 EEPROM EEPROM for LCD data• IC902 SERI/PARA CONVERTER LCD power switchover• IC903 LCD DRIVE LCD signal processing and drive• IC4201 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL Backlight drive
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-2
(5) CVF P.C.B.Signal transfer from CAC P.C.B. to CVF-LCD, back-light LED turn-on.
(6) JACK P.C.B.AV, MIC, S JACK, USB interface, Remoto control signal receiver sensor, white LED.
• IC1601 P SENSOR GYRO Pitch-direction angular speed detection• IC1602 Y SENSOR GYRO Yaw-direction angular speed detection
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-3
2. Power Supply Circuit
<Outline>
In this product, a novel type of power supply system including a compact adapter (CA-570) is adopted for enhancement of costperformance and power savings.In comparison with the conventional products, this machine provides the following advantageous features:• When the DC jack is disconnected from the battery with power turned ON, poser goes OFF once.• The internal battery is charged only when the MAIN switch is at the P OFF position.• When the DC jack not connected with power source (not supplied with power) is inserted into the main unit, power is not turned
on even if the battery is mounted. “A changeover of main power to the battery is not made since an event of DC jack mechanismdetection takes precedence.”
2-1 Startup of Power Supply
Fig. 2-1
3 13
5 7
4
76
77
66
6714
4
12
11
97
18
14
62
10
52
73
41
71
252
DET
RESET
SW
E3VE3 DET
VCC
CN4001LITHIUM BATTERY
VTRPOWER SW
VTR ON
PM SECTION
DMC-IIICASSETTEIN SW POWER SWJACK
EJ SW
CAMERAPOWER SW
EJECT SW
CAS IN
RESET
VTR ON
UNREG DET
DC J DET
LI DET
SERIALDATA
IC2301FR
MI-COM.(VIC3)
IC103RESET
IC102BACK UP
IC100MODE
MI-COM.
CN2101 CN101CN100
DVDD 3V
3VREG.
2.6VDET.
1221
CN3202
CN3201
5
6
2
3
DC+
DC J SW
BATT+
31
12
CN303MAIN P.C.B.
Card P.C.B.
109
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-4
• Backup Lithium BatteryLI3V power from the lithium battery is input to pin 3 of the IC102, and it is output from pin 12 as power to the MODE microcom-puter. Thus, the MODE microcomputer performs data backup and clock operation when main power supply is not connected.When the voltage of the lithium battery decreases below 2.6 V (or when the lithium battery is not loaded), the IC102 outputs the “L”signal form pin 2. Upon receipt of this signal at the time of power-on, the MODE microcomputer sends it to the FR microcomputer,which then issue a lithium battery low-level warning indication.
• Main Power SupplyMain power (DC-JACK/BATTERY) is supplied to pin 13 of IC102. Through the internal regulator in IC102, the main power thussupplied is converted to 3V power, which is output as E3V from pin 14 of IC102. Furthermore, through the internal switch, themain power is converted to LI3V, which is output from pin 12 of IC102 as a power voltage for driving the MODE MI-COM.Supplied with the main power, IC102 outputs the “L” signal from its pin 4. When the MODE MI-COM receives the “L” signal andthe two signals output from pin 4 of IC103, it recognizes that the power supply is loaded. Then the MODE MI-COM performsinitialization to set up a standby state. In this state, the MODE MI-COM carries out detection of start-related switch signals. Upondetection of these switch signals, the MODE MI-COM delivers the VTR ON(H) signal from its pins 52. When the VTR ON(H)signalis output, each circuit power is made active.When each circuit power is made active, 3V power is input to pins 5/7 of IC102. 3V power is output as the power for the MODEMI-COM from pin 12 of IC102 to save its power consumption.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-5
2-2 Power Fuses
The power supply from the battery DC JACK is supplied to six fuses on the MAIN P.C.B., through which the following six powervoltage are delivered.
(1) UNREG 1 : FU3201• 3V power source (LCD3V, A 3V, HA 3V, DVDD 3V, IRIS 3V, CAM 3V)• 2.7V power source (SDRAM 2.7V, AVDD 2.7V, DIF 2.7V)• 2.5V power source (DVDD 2.5V)• 1.4V power source (DVDD 1.4V, MACS 1.4V, AVDD 1.4V)• LCD drive power source (-8V, 8.5V, 15V)• CCD drive power source (-7V, +15V)
(2) P5/VTR UNREG : FU3202• 4.7V power source (AA 4.7V, VIF 4.7V, HA 4.7V)• 5V power source (POW 5V, LCD 5V)• VCR UNREG
(3) MECHA UNREG : FU3203• DRUM /CAPSTAN
(4) DC/DC UNREG : FU3204• DC/DC CONVERTER
(5) SHOE UNREG : FU3205• Accessory shoe power source
(6) MI-COM UNREG : FU1801• MI-COM UNREG (BATTERY)
Fig. 2-2
2 DC +
5,6 BATT +
* DM-MV650i E Only
MAIN P.C.B.FU3201CN3201
CN3202
FU3204
UNREG 1
DC/DC UNREG
FU3205SHOE UNREG
FU3203MECHA UNREG
FU1801
MODEMI-COM
MICOM UNREG
FU3202P5 + VTR UNREG
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-6
2-3 Power Supply Circuits
Figure 2-3 shows the power supply circuits.The ON/OFF condition of each power supply voltage is controlled by the VTR ON signals output from the MODE MI-COM.
Fig. 2-3
IC3201DC/DC
CONVERTERCONTROL DVDD 3V
IRIS 3V
CAM 3V
LCD 3V
LCD -10V
LCD 8.5VREG.
REG.
62
11
PWM
28
30
56
40
PWM
LCD 15V
VTR ON
SDRAM 2.7V
DIF 2.7V
AVDD 2.7V
A 3V
HA 3V
Q3205
MAIN P.C.B.
31
60
21
Q3207REG.
LPF
P 5V
HA 4.7V
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LCD 5V
LPF VIF 4.7V
LPFREG.
REG.
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF MACS 1.4V
LPF
REG.
PWM
CH-5
UNREG
DRUM VM
AA 4.7V57
37
Q3206REG.PWM
CH-4
UNREG
CCD 15V
CCD -7V64
5
REG.PWM
CH-8
UNREG
DVDD 1.4V
AVDD 1.4V
DVDD 2.5V
50
46
Q3204
IC3203
IC3202
IC3204
REG.PWM
CH-1
CH-7
CH-3
UNREG
CAP VM61
15
Q3208REG.PWM
CH-6
UNREG
UNREG
UNREG
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-7
3. Built-in Charger Circuit
3-1 Outline
The main circuit elements and their functions are as follows.
(1) IC100 : MODE MI-COM• Charging voltage and charging current control• Detection and display of charging progress• Error discrimination and display• Battery type discrimination and DC jack input detection
(2) IC 1802 : OPE AMP• Signal amplification for detecting charging current
(3) Q1802/Q1803 : MOS form FET• Power supply changeover switch
(4) Q1804/Q1805 : TRANSISTOR• Trickle charge switch
Fig. 2-4
CHAGE
INIT CHG1
INIT CHG2
A/D I
A/D
VDC JACK DET
DC
JAC
K D
ET
UN
RE
G D
ET
BATT AD
BA
TT INFO
AD
Q1803Q1805
Q1804
Q1802
IC1802
CN3202
5,6
3,4
2
1
BATT+
BATT-
BATT INFO AD
BATT E3 BATT E3
CN3201
DC
JACK
BATTERY
B
D
MAIN P.C.B.DCP.C.B.
3
2
1
DC J SW
DC+
DC-
8889
7173
90
41
99
87
100
IC100MODE
MI-COM.
IC103RESET
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-8
3-2 Operation at Charging
3-2-1 Conditions To Start Charging
When the following conditions are satisfied, the MODE MI-COM (IC100) to start charging.
Conditions Detection Source of detectionMain unit power is turned OFF. MODE MI-COM pin 76/77 POWER SWBattery is installed. MODE MI-COM pin 88 Battery D terminal
(BATT INFO AD) (CN3202 pin 2)DC JACK is inserted. MODE MI-COM pin 71 DC JACK
(DC JACK DET) (CN3201 pin 3)DC JACK input voltage is 8.4±0.3V. MODE MI-COM pin 87
(BATT AD) DC JACKMODE MI-COM pin 73 (CN3201 pin 2)(UNREG DET)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-9
3-2-2 Progress of Charging
When the conditions described in 3-2-1 are satisfied, the MODE MI-COM starts charging according to the specifications in Fig.2-5.The charging current in quick charge can be restricted by CA-570.
Fig. 2-5
TOTAL TIMER
Quick charge 1.525A 0.075A
LED flashes once LED flashes twice
LED lights up steadilyUp to battery installed/removed
and power turned ONCharging current
When battery voltage becomes 6.5V, quick charge starts.
100mAADI detection voltage = 0.155V
Specified from D65 BP-Z: 10 min. BP-2Z: 10 min. BP-3Z: 10 min.
1.1AADI detection voltage = 1.706V
70mAADI detection voltage = 0.109V
Torque 2 timer100 min. max.Error indicated and charging OFF at timeout
Torque 1 timer110 min. max.Error indicated and charging OFF at timeout
BATT V 5.2VINIT-CHG1 ONINIT-CHG2 OFFCHG OFF
Quick charge timerError indicated and charging OFF at timeout
* An error is indicated and charging is turned OFF if the battery voltage becomes 6.4V or lower during charging other than trickles 1 and 2.* An error is indicated and charging is turned OFF if the battery voltage becomes 5V or lower during charging trickle 2.* An error is indicated and charging is turned OFF if the charging voltage is 1.8A or higher (detected voltage > 2.7V).* Charging is turned OFF if the charging current is 70mA or lower.
If the battery is not installed/removed after completion of charge, charging does not start unless the battery voltage becomes 7V or lower.
* Charging is allowed to start provided that the UNREG voltage is 8.4 0.3V before starting the charging. Otherwise, an error is indicated.* Charging can be performed provided that the power is turned OFF.* If the DC JACK is detected, the charging is turned OFF when the power is turned ON (no power supplied from the battery).
Lapsed time
BP-Z : 2HmaxBP-2Z : 4HmaxBP-3Z : 5Hmax
Total timerLED lit and charging ended at timeout
BP-Z : 6HmaxBP-2Z : 9HmaxBP-3Z : 12Hmax
Chargeended
5.2V BATT V 6.5VINIT-CHG1 ONINIT-CHG2 ONCHG OFF
BATT V 6.5VADI detection voltage
1.706VINIT-CHG1 OFFINIT-CHG2 OFFCHG ON
If the battery voltage becomes 5.2V, the trickle 2 starts.350mA max.
Trickle 150mA max.
BATT V 8.0VADI detection voltage
0.109VINIT-CHG1 OFFINIT-CHG2 OFFCHG OFF
2-flash timerLED lit and charging ended at timeout
BP-Z : 2HmaxBP-2Z : 4HmaxBP-3Z : 8Hmax
BATT V 6.5V0.155V ADI detection voltage
1.706VINIT-CHG1 OFFINIT-CHG2 OFFCHG ON
Supplementary timerLED lit and charging ended at timeout
BP-Z : 1HmaxBP-2Z : 1HmaxBP-3Z : 1Hmax
BATT V 8.0V0.109V ADI detection voltage 0.155VINIT-CHG1 OFFINIT-CHG2 OFFCHG ON
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-10
4. Signal Processing Circuit
4-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit
Figure 2-6 shows the entire block diagram of the signal processing circuit and the flow of video and audio signals.
Fig. 2-6
LENS
CCD P.C.B.
CARDP.C.B.
JACK P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B. LCDP.C.B.
CAC P.C.B.
MEMORYCARD
IC1102MACS
IC2100VIF2
IC801AIF3
IC802SP DRIVE
LCD
CVFLCD
IC1001CCD
IC2303SDRAM
IC903EVF
DRIVE
IC2000VRP2
IC1101SDRAM
IC2301VIC3
IC501EVF DRIVE
IC1002TG/CDS/AGC/AD
USB
DIF
FRMICOM
MIN AVJACK
DVTERMINAL
USBTERMINAL
MIC
SPEAKERREC/PBHEAD
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-11
4-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing
4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording
4-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording
Fig. 2-7
JPEGJPEG
Audio
SynthesisCOMP
Deformation, DrawingREND
Camera signal processing
GRAB
CDS/AGC/
AD/TGIC1002
CARD IF
proc resize nr VIC3IC2301
FRMI-COM
CCDIC1001
IC1102
36MHz 10bit18MHz
SDRAM IF
AIFIC801
32 bit
64 Mbit SDRAMIC1101
Fig. 2-8
JPEG
Audio
SDRAM IF
CARD IF
proc resize nr
VIC3IC2301
SDCARD
DMAFR
MI-COM
RAW YCC 1 YCC 2
AIFIC801
USB
CDS/AGC/
AD/TGIC1002
36MHz 10bit18MHz
CCDIC1001
IC1102
Camera signal processing
GRAB
64 Mbit SDRAMIC1101
SynthesisCOMP
Deformation, DrawingREND
32 bit
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-12
4-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording
<CCD> IC1001• 1/6 inches interlaced CCD• Complementary color filter• Total number of pixels Approx. 680,000
Effective number of pixels Tape : Approx. 340,000 / Card : Approx. 447,000
<CDS/AGC/AD/TG> IC1002A signal read out of the CCD is extracted. Then, after the extracted signal is subjected to AGC processing and A/D conversion, itis output as a digital signal.
<MACS> IC1102Various camera signal processing operations (EIS, AWB, etc.) and digital effect processing operation are carried out.This circuit carries out various camera signal processing operations (EIS, AWB, etc.), and digital effect processing. It also performsmultimedia-application signal processing mainly for still image recording.
• Feature engine• High-speed card interface• JPEG• Audio data compression (ADPCM)• USB 1.1 function
<SDRAM> IC1101Field memory for camera signal processing and digital effect processingImage data memory for Memory card write/read operation
Fig. 2-9
JPEG
Audio
CARD IF
proc nr
SDCARD
DMA
YCC 1 YCC 2
AIFIC801
resize
SDRAM IF
CDS/AGC/
AD/TGIC1002
36MHz 10bit18MHz
CCDIC1001
IC1102
Camera signal processing
GRAB
64 Mbit SDRAMIC1101
SynthesisCOMP
Deformation, DrawingREND
32 bit
VIC3IC2301
FRMI-COM
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-13
4-3 Recorder Signal Processing
< VIC3 >IC2301• The VIC, MI-COM, DIF INTERFACE and USB INTERFACE circuits are integrated on a single semiconductor chip.• A/B DATA : Input in camera mode. B DATA is output and A DATA is input at playback. (MACS digital effect circuit is used
at playback.)The video data and signals input to VIC3 are subjected to digital VCR format signal processing. Audio data,subcode data and ITI data are also created at VIC3, and these signals are output to VRP2 as 41.85 Mbps data ofDV format.
• DIF : After conversion to digital data conforming to IEEE1394 standard, the data is output at DV terminal. At digitalinput, the data enters VIC3 signal processing circuit via the opposite route.
< VRP2 >IC2000Recording data of 41.85 Mbps output from VIC3 is amplified at VRP2, and is recorded on magnetic tape while undergoing headswitching of CH-1, CH-2 with a switching pulse. At playback, the head output signal is amplified and sent to VIC3.
< VIF2 >IC2100Y and C signals sent from VIC3 are output as Y, C signals for S terminal and composite video.At line input, input signals undergo level adjustment, sync signal separation and are output to VIC3.
Fig. 2-10
AV JACKS TERMINAL
CVFLCD
LCD
IC1102MACS
VIDEOINTERFACE
A DATA
B DATA
R,G,B
D/A A/D
IC2303SDRAM
REC/PBPROCESS
IC2100VIF2
ECCCOMPRESSION/DEMOD.
BUS
IC2301VIC3
VIC BLOCK DIF BLOCK
MI-COM. BLOCK
SDRAMINTERFACE
DIFINTERFACE
FR MI-COM.
USB BLOCK
USB INTERFACE
AUDIO INTERFACE
IC2000VRP2
DV TERMINAL
USBTERMINAL
AVJACK
IC801AIF3
VIDEOHEAD
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-14
4-4 Audio Signal Flow
< AIF >IC801Carries out switching between internal and external microphones (by means of serial data from MODE MI-COM),plus ALC (AutoLevel Control), fading, and amplification of various output signals. For the beep tone issued at ejection, etc., the signal from the FRMI-COM is generated in the circuit and changed over in the AIF.The microphone amplifier, HPF, ALC, A/D, D/A, and digital I/F circuits are contained in this IC. It is also used for changeoverbetween ordinary voice sound and beep sound.
< SPEAKER DRIVER >IC802This integrated circuit is used for speaker drive operation.
Fig. 2-11
IC802SPEAKERDRIVER
FRMI-COM.
IC801AIF3
IC1102MACS
IC2301VIC3
IC2000VRP2
+
−
L
L
R
L
R
L+R
RMIC
HEADPHONE
AVJACK
L
R
BEEP
EXTMIC
BEEPFR MI-COM.
SPEAKER
MEM IF CARD IF
SDRAM CARD
REC/PB
HEAD
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-15
5. System Control, Servo
5-1 Outline of System Control, Servo
Figure 2-12 shows the overall configuration of the system control & servo circuit, plus the flow of data. System control is per-formed by the FR MI-COM (IC2301) and MODE MI-COM (IC100) on MAIN P.C.B.
Fig. 2-12
DMC III
MAIN P.C.B.
LCD P.C.B.
JACKP.C.B.
CARDP.C.B.
CAC P.C.B.
HEAD
REMOTECONTROL
SIGNALRECEIVER
M
FG/PG
DRUM
CAPSTAN
LOADING
FG
M
M
IC1202IRIS
DRIVE
IC901EEPROM
IC902SERI/PARA
CONVERTER
ZOOM SW
START/STOPSW
PHOTO SW
DIAL SW
R-KEY
EJECT SW
POWER SW
IC903LCD
DRIVER
IC1501EVF
DRIVER
IC101EEPROM
IC1701MOTORDRIVER
IC3201DC/DC
CONVERTER
FRMI-COM
IC1102MACS
VIC
IC100MODE
MI-COM
IC2100VIF2
IC801AIF3
IC2000VRP2
IC2300FLASH
MEMORYCARD
IC1002CDS AGC
A/D TG
LENS
PWM D PWM C
IC301MOTORDRIVER
IC2301VIC3
CAPSTAN
DRIVER
DRUM
DRIVER
MODE SWC.DOWN SW
BOT/EOTSENS.DEW
REEL FG
MIC
LOADING
DRIVER
D-VS
C-VS
DFG/PG
CFG
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-16
5-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer
(1) FR MI-COM (IC2301 : VIC3)The FR MI-COM, as the nucleus of the system, carries out control of mode transition plus mechanism control through communi-cation with MODE MI-COM. It also detects of various sensors and switches (DMCIII). Following are the major functions.
• VIC (Video) VIF2 (Video Interface) control / AIF3 (Audio Interface) controls / DIF (Digital Interface) controls• Control in accordance with IEEE1394• USB interface control• DMC III mechanism control• Card control• CCD drive control• AE, AF, AWB control• EIS (Electric Image Stabilizer) control• OSD (On Screen Display) bitmap control
* The FR microcomputer in this machine does not have a dedicated EEPROM. Since a flash ROM is used for theFR microcomputer as a substitute for the EEPROM, it is required to update the flash ROM after adjustment anddata modification regarding the FR microcomputer.
(2) MODE MI-COM (IC100)The MODE MI-COM is mainly in charge of the power-on sequence and charging control. Following are the major functions.
• Key input• LCD / EVF control• Remote control input• Power ON/OFF control• Built-in charge circuit control• MIC (Memory In Cassette) control
* In this machine, an EEPROM for the MODE microcomputer is mounted on the CAC P.C.B. instead of the MAINP.C.B.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-17
5-3 Servo Control
Servo control is carried out by the VIC3 (VIC and FR MI-COM). The FR MI-COM is used for servo control of motor ON/OFF androtational direction, and the VIC is used to output rotational speed and phase control signals. More specifically in terms of signalflow, the VIC detects the FG/PG and PB-RF signals from the motor, and sends the detected signal information to the FR MI-COM.Then, the FR MI-COM generates an error signal to be output to the VIC. Thereafter, the VIC outputs an error signal (PWM), whichis driven on the MAIN P.C.B. for sending a control voltage to the motor driver IC.
Fig. 2-13
VIC3
S REEL Hall SENSOR
LOADING MOTOR
DRUM MOTOR
CAPSTAN MOTOR
T REEL Hall SENSOR
LOAD ON/UNLOAD FR
DERR
LOAD+/LOAD-DMC III
U/V/W
Ucoil/Vcoil/Wcoil
CFG2C
AP
VS
CA
P V
M
DR
UM
VS
DR
UM
VM
CERR
DA CFG
DA S REEL
DA T REEL
IC1301MO DRIVE
DC/DCCONVERTER
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-18
5-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB)
In the card camera mode, an image signal produced in the camera section is sent to the memory card via the MACS. In the personalcomputer connection mode, the USB terminal and the memory card are connected through the USB controller.The FR MI-COM performs control of changeover between the card camera mode and the personal computer connection mode.
Fig. 2-14
Card camera mode of signal flow
Personal computer connection mode of signal flow
IC1001CCD
IC1002TG/CDSAGC/AD
IC1102MACS
IC2301VIC3
MEMORYCARD
USBTERMINAL
Still PictureSignal
Processing
FRMI-COM
USBCONTROLER
IC1101SDRAM
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2-19
5-5 Error Detection
If an abnormality has been occurred in any rotation drive system (drum, capstan, reel, loading), a relevant mode enters. The LCDindicates “PLEASE UNLOAD THE CASSETTE” and blinks “EJECT”.
5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions
The following table gives error detecting conditions.
5-5-2 Processing after Error Detection
The following table gives processing after error detection.• Pop up : Error display→error eject → pop up →error clear
• Error stop : Error display→STOP position (not cleared unless EJECTED)
Cassette in Loading Duringloading
Loadingcompleted
During tape running During mode
Drum error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop
Capstan error Pop up ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop
Reel error ------- ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop
Loading error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop ------- Error stop
Kind Condition DetectionDrum error Error detecting mode Starting / steady D-FG
FG frequency when steady 900Hz
Error detecting level Starting: Beyond 80-150%.
Steady : 30% max.
Error detecting time Starting : 5sec.
Steady : 0.5sec.
Capstan error Error detecting mode Starting / steady C-FG
FG frequency when steady 1347Hz
Error detecting level Starting : 80% max.
Steady : 60Hz max.
Error detecting time Starting : 2sec.
Steady : 2sec.
Reel error Error detecting mode Starting / Normal / UNLOAD T, S-REEL FG
Error detection Normally : The C-FG count per reel FG cycle is C-FG
Starting : More than 3294
Steady : More than 2256
UNLOAD : Reel FG half cycle is 1 sec or more
(Take-up reel only for both)
Loading error Error detecting mode Mode transfer Mode SW
Error detection Mode transfer time
STANDBY-STOP : 6sec
STANDBY-POPUP : 3sec
STOP-PLAY : 3sec
CHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
CONTENTS
1. List of Maintenance Tools and Supplies --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11-1 List of Maintenance Tools ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11-2 List of Supplies ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-1
2. Setting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-22-1 Setting A -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-22-2 Setting B -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-3
3. Service Modes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-43-1 Outline ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-43-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-43-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode ----------------------------------------------------------------- 3-53-4 Indication in Service Mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-6
4. Description of Service Modes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-74-1 Error Rate ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-74-2 Mechanical Error Indication --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-8
4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-84-2-2 Mechanical Error Analysis Mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-9
4-3 Cleaning Mode -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-104-4 Commands Particular to Camera ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-104-5 Checking the Lens Resetting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-114-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11
4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-114-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-124-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-124-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-12
5. Service Hints ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-135-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-135-2 Location of Main Elements ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-145-3 Current Consumption Check -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-16
6. Trouble Shooting -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-176-1 Power Supply -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-176-2 Camera Picture Faulty ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-186-3 Faulty of Playback Picture ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-196-4 Startup Window Setting -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-20
7. Mechanical Error Applicability Table -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-21
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-1
1. List of Maintenance Tools and Supplies
1-1 List of Maintenance Tools
1-2 List of Supplies
Item Name Item Number Purpose Remarks Alignment Tape, (Color bar master/PAL) DY9-1381-00 Recorder electrical adjustment
Alignment Tape (tracking) DY9-1379-000 Running adjustment DMC IIICassette Torque Gauge for DV DY9-1346-000 Running adjustment DMC III
DV Cleaning Tape (hard) DY9-1384-000 Head cleaning DMC IIIDriver bit for tape path adjustment DY9-2053-000 Tape path adjustment DMC III
Color bar chart DY9-2002-000 Camera electrical adjustment Color Viewer 5600° K for 220V DY9-2039-220 Camera electrical adjustment (for 220V)
Color Viewer 5600° K for 240V DY9-2039-240 Camera electrical adjustment (for 240V)Lamp for Color Viewer 5600K DY9-2040-000 Replacement
Filter, CCA W12ø46mm DY9-2046-000 Camera electrical adjustment CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE DY9-1386-000 Service mode, electrical adjustment NEW
EXTENSION CONNECTOR (20pin) DY9-1387-000 Test pin extended NEW
Item Name Item Number Purpose Remarks Grease FLOIL C-1Z DY9-3039-000 Lubrication DMC IIILogenest Lambda A-74 CY9-8102-000 Lubrication Lens
Grease GE-C9 CY9-8043-000 Lubrication LensGrease FLOIL 948P DY9-3051-000 Lubrication DMC III
Hanal FL-778 DY9-3026-000 Lubrication CoverHanal KS-39M DY9-3053-000 Lubrication Cover
Dia Bond No. 1663G CY9-8129-000 Adhesive LCDSponge (W × H × T : 300mm × 200mm × 6mm) DY9-4001-000 General-purpose vibration isolating
/sound absorbing material Adhesive Tape, No.354E DY9-3032-000 General-purpose adhesive tape (W × L × T : 9mm × 50m × 0.15mm, UL type)
Adhesive Tape, No. 501F DY9-3034-000 General-purpose (W × L × T : 10mm × 50m × 0.16mm, UL type) double-side-coated adhesive tape
Sheet, Shield (W × H : 250mm × 250mm) DY9-3036-000 General-purpose shield material
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-2
2. Setting(1) Adjustments other than DMC-III : Perform adjustments in the product state.(2) Tracking adjustment (DMC-III) and Envelope check : Perform them with the Setting A.(3) Adjustments related to DMC-III other than Tracking adjustment, tape path system check and tape path system cleaning : Perform
them with the Setting B.
2-1 Setting A
Envelope Check)
(1) Detach the Lithium Battery Cover.(2) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1387-000) to
CN2900.(3) Observe the PB-RF waveform output from the extension con-
nector
Tracking Adjustment)
(1) Remove the CASSETTE COVER referring to Fig. 3-2 (a).(2) When the posts are going to be adjusted, eject and remove the cassette once and perform the prospective adjustment as shown in
Fig. 3-2 (b).(3) Repeat the observation of the PB-RF waveform and the prospective adjustment until fluctuation of envelope is re-moved.
Note : When the tracking adjustment is going to be performed, refer to Chapter 2-8 on page 4-48 : Tape Path Adjustment.
Pin No. Signal Designation
7 GND
19 SWP
21 GND
23 PBRF
Extension connector (DY9-1387-000)
Fig. 3-1
DY9-1387-000
Fig. 3-2
(a) (b)
× 2
× 2
CASSETTE COVER ADJUSTMENT DRIVER
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-3
2-2 Setting B
(1) Remove the FRONT COVER, REAR COVER, LEFT COVER UNIT, RIGHT COVER UNIT and JACK P.C.B. referring to“Chapter 4-1: Disassembling and Reassembling”.Note 1 : Referring to Fig.3-3, connect the required cables.Note 2 : Observe the signal in the same manner as that for setting A.Note 3 : For EJECT, select the service mode and use the wireless remote controller.
(Note : Same manner for recorder keys)
Fig. 3-3
MONITOR TV
WIRELESS CONTROLLER
CA-570
LEFT COVER UNIT
JACK P.C.B.CN2101
CN3201
REAR COVER UNIT
CN101
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-4
3. Service Modes
3-1 Outline
(1) The service mode in this equipment uses the wireless remote controller. (To be used in remote control code 2)(2) For changeover to the service mode, a dedicated tool (CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE: DY9-1386-000) is required in addition to
the wireless remote controller.(3) Mode changeover is available between the service mode and the normal mode using the “Audio dubbing” and “SLOW” keys of the
wireless remote controller.As long as power is ON, the service mode is available even if the “CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE” is removed.
(4) In the service mode, changeover of the main unit operation mode can be handled using the keys on the main unit and the remote controlmode 1.
(5) In the service mode, safety functions such as for mechanical error detection, DEW detection and low voltage detection are canceled.(6) In the service mode, the LCD mirror function is canceled.
3-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode
(1) Cassette for changeover to service mode (DY9-1386-000)Set the ((CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE)) in the equipmentand load the data.
(2) Press the “Dubbing” key on the wireless remote controllerthat is set at Remote controller code 2.* To changeover to Remote controller code 2, press
“Remote controller setting” and “Zoom T” keys si-multaneously for 2 sec.
* The remote controller code setting on the DVC mainunit is operable both at remote controller codes 1and 2.
(3) Now the changeover to the service mode has been completedand the SERVICE MODE appears on the screen.
* Pressing the “SLOW” key performs the changeoverto the normal mode from the service mode.As long as the power supply is ON, the service modeis available by setting the “Audio dubbing” key evenif the cassette for transfer to service mode is re-moved.
Fig. 3-4
DY9-1386-000
Fig. 3-5
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-5
3-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode
(1) To use the wireless remote controller in the service mode, set it at Remote controller code 2.* To changeover to Remote controller code 2, press the “Remote controller setting” and “Zoom T” keys simulta-
neously for 2 sec.
Fig. 3-6
3. START/STOP
2. SLOW 1. DUBBING
5. SEARCH -
4. SERCH +
8. FF
11. PLAY
6. FRAME +
14. × 2
12. STOP
10. SERCH SELECT
9. REW
7. FRAME -
13. PAUSE
Remote ControllerCode 2 setting
No. Key Designation (in Normal Mode) Key Designation (in Service Mode) Function
1 DUBBING SERVICE MODE Change over to service mode
2 SLOW NORMAL MODE Change over to normal mode
3 START/STOP CS+ Increases CS by 1.
4 SEARCH + FUNCTION + Increases FUNCTION by 1.
5 SEARCH - FUNCTION - Decreases FUNCTION by 1.
6 FRAME + HIGH ADDRESS + Increases HIGH ADDRESS by 1.
7 FRAME - HIGH ADDRESS - Decreases HIGH ADDRESS by 1.
8 FF ADDRESS + Increases ADDRESS by 1.
9 REW ADDRESS - Decreases ADDRESS by 1.
10 SEARCH SELECT MODE SELECT Change over to RD/WR mode
11 PLAY DATA + Increases DATA by 1.
12 STOP DATA - Decreases DATA by 1.
13 PAUSE STORE Defines/w rites DATA.
14 ×2 EJECT Performs EJECT.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-6
3-4 Indication in Service Mode
Shown below are the indications in the service mode.
1. Indicates that the service mode is currently selected. (“SERV”)2. MODE : Indicates the MODE currently selected. (RD/WR/ST)3. Indicates for which block the command is specified. (MA,MD, CA, CD, etc.)4. CS : Indicates the Chip Select currently specified. (0~F)5. Function : Indicates the Function currently selected. (00~FF)6. ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS currently selected. (0000~FFFF)7. DT : Indicate, in hexadecimal representation, the DATA currently being read or set. (00~FF)8. Indicates the mechanical status. (POPUP, STBY, LOAD1, LOAD2, STOP, PLAY)9. Indicates the absolute track No.10. Indicates the mechanical error. (Main power supply backup)11. Indicates mechanical error history (LITHIUM 3V battery backup)12. Indicates the version of the MAIN program in the FR MI-COM.13. Indicates the version of the MODE MI-COM.14. Indicates the version of the CAMERA program in the FR MI-COM.15. Indicates the version of the CARD program in the FR MI-COM.16. E0 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH0 (Low ch) head.17. E1 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH1 (High ch) head.18. Data Write status (00: READ mode, 04 : Write preparation, OC : Write execution)
Fig. 3-7
14
2
3
5 6
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17
18
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-7
4. Description of Service Modes
4-1 Error Rate
<Generals>
(1) A VIDEO error rate (VIDEO + AUDIO) and an AUDIO error rate can be checked.(2) Note that the error rate is worsened on occurrence of failure in tape running, deterioration of tape, decreased in head output, failure
in head amplifier, improper drum shield, etc.
<How to read a VIDEO error rate>
An average error rate on 64-track AUDIO+VIDEO sector is indi-cated in exponential representation.
Example) ‘25’ is indicated:Error rate = 2×10 -5
<How to read an AUDIO error rate>
To read error rate of AUDIO track, follow the procedures in thetable below.The number of erroneous sync block of 64-track AUDIO syncblocks is indicated in two hexadecimal digits.(FF limitation is imposed on a value exceeding 255.)
Example) ‘23’is indicated:Number of erroneous sync blocks = 35
ImportantAfter the adjustment, set the DT to the product setting . (press STORE key at 1 of STEP 1 state.)
<Change to an AUDIO error rate>
In the product specifications, the error rate on both chan-nels in self -recording LP playback is as follows :
Error rate =28H or less(Number of erroneous sync blocks = 40 or less)
Fig. 3-8
Low ch. High ch.
EO 2 5 E1
2 × 10-5
Fig. 3-9
Low ch. High ch.
(hexadecimal)
(decimal)
AO 2 3 A1
2
(2 ×16)+ 3 = 35
3
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationCS Function ADDR MODE DT
1 1) Make setting shown at right. 0 10 001D ST 00→03 Product setting 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD 03 Audio error rate indication Remarks) Selecting DT back to "0"makes a return to Audio + Video error rate.
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-8
4-2 Mechanical Error Indication
<Outline>
(1) On occurrence of a mechanical error, the conditions of the error can be checked in the service mode. (Normal indication mode andanalysis mode available)
(2) In the normal indication mode of the mechanical error, two types of indications appear on the service mode initial screen: the dataindication retained only by the main battery and the error history data indication backed up by LITHIUM 3V.
(3) The data backed up by the LITHIUM 3V can be reset by the STEP-1 operation shown below.(4) For changeover to the mechanical error analysis mode, perform the STEP-2 operation shown below.
4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode
Fig. 3-10
Relevant errors are highlighted in purple.
EBDCSTLD
: TAPE END: TAPE TOP: DRUM ERROR: CAPSTAN ERROR: S-REEL ERROR: T- REEL ERROR: LOADING MTR ERROR: DEW ERROR
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationCS Function ADDR MODE DT
1 1) Make setting shown at right. 0 08 0008 ST 00 Error data held only in the POWER-ON2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD ↑ state is indicated.
2 1) Make setting shown at right. 0 10 0079 ST 012) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD ↑ Service screen change.
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-9
4-2-2 Mechanical Error Analysis Mode
<How to Check>
By following the steps (1) through (4) shown below, the “Sequence” in which the error has occurred can be checked in addition to thetype of the mechanical error.(1) First of all, check the “Sequence” that matches the data (1), referring to “Address” in the mechanical error applicability table.(2) For the applicable “Sequence” in 1 above, if S reel error detection sensitivity level (CEh or 8Dh) is listed in the “Sreel” subfield of
the “Mecha Error” field, compare it with the data (2). If the data (2) is above the S reel error detection sensitivity level listed, theerror history indication should be “S reel error”.
(3) For the applicable “Sequence” in 1 above, if T reel error detection sensitivity level (CEh or 8Dh) is listed in the “Treel” subfield ofthe “Mecha Error” field, compare it with the data (3). If the data (3) is above the T reel error detection sensitivity level listed, theerror history should be “T reel error”.
(4) Unless S or T reel error is determined in step 2 or 3 above, the error history should be the error condition specified in the “Mechani-cal Error Applicablity Table” field marked with .Note : If a multiple number of items are specified, any of the applicable items should have occurred.
The DEW errors can be identified according to whether or not there is dew indication at an occurrence of anerror.
* The reference table of actual mechanical errors is given at the end of Chapter 3. (See “7: Mechanical ErrorTable” on p. 3-21.)
Fig. 3-11
1. Address of the sequence that was under execution in the event of an error. (information of the control status.)2. S reel error detection data in the event of an error.3. T reel error detection data in the event of an error.
1
32
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-10
4-3 Cleaning Mode
When cleaning the head with hard-type cleaning tape (DY9-1384-000), set up the cleaning mode according to the procedure givenbelow.
Note : After head cleaning, be sure to restore the settings to normal.
4-4 Commands Particular to Camera
<Outline>
(1) The commands particular to camera are provided for checking the operation.(2) Make preparation according to the table below and carry out the desired commands particular to camera.(3) To restore any setting back to the original status, press the PAUSE key (STORE) for each item again in the “ST” mode.
Turning the power OFF/ON resets all the settings.
STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation CS Function ADDR MODE DT
1 1) Make setting shown at right. 0 10 0111 ST --2) Increases DT by 2. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ -- (Change bit-02 to 1 from 0.) (Example: 80 → 82)3) Perform STORE. (Press PAUSE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- Completion of cleaning mode setup
2 1) Change over to the normal mode and turn OFF the power supply. Resetting of cleaning mode
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation CAM SPECIAL COMMAND CS Function ADDR MODE DT
WB SET 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3300 ST --2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- WB is set.
WB 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3301 ST --LOCK 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- WB is locked. WB 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3302 ST --TURBO 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- WB high-speed setting mode WB 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3303 ST --OUTDOOR 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- WB outdoor modeWB 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3304 ST --INDOOR 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- WB indoor modeIRIS 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3305 ST --OPEN 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- The iris is opened forcibly. IRIS 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3306 ST --CLOSE 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- The iris is closed forcibly. AGC 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3307 ST --MAX 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- A value of AGC gain is maximized. AGC 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3308 ST --MIN 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- A value of AGC gain is minimized.COLOR 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 3309 ST --BAR 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- Outputs color bar from MACS.White 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 330A ST --100% 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- Outputs white 100% from MACS.White 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 08 330B ST --50% 2) Execute STORE. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- Outputs white 50% from MACS.
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-11
4-5 Checking the Lens Resetting
<Generals>
(1) Setting the address according to the table below allows to check whether the lens resetting is ended or not.(2) If the DATA (in hexadecimal representation) is D0 or D4, the lens has been reset.
* In case of 40 or 44, the zoom lens has not yet been reset.* In case of 80 or 84, the focus lens has not yet been reset.
4-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches
<Generals>
(1) The MODE and FR MI-COM terminals can be checked in the service mode. With this function, the key-related operations and theconnections between the keys and the MI-COM terminals can be checked in the product state.
(2) Perform the check in the RD mode.
4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationCS Function ADDR MODE DT
1 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 00 4663 RD -- RAM data indication
MONITOR
STEP NAME DESCRIPTION CS Function ADDR DATA BIT REMARK
1 V3ToM PC PC mode communication:PC mode start 1 01 000A 4
25 Li3V Detect Detection of decrease in lithium 1 01 0007 3
battery voltage
64 PANEL Open SW LCD open detection 1 01 0002 6
65 PANEL B/T SW LCD reverse detection 1 01 0002 5
66 EJECT SW EJECT detection 1 01 0002 4
67 Cassette IN SW Cassette IN detection 1 01 0002 3
68 Photo SW Full pressing of Photo SW 1 01 0002 2
69 Half Photo SW Halfway pressing of Photo SW 1 01 0002 1
70 START/STOP Trigger SW 1 01 0002 0
71 DC J DET DC JACK detection 1 01 0002 7
75 PAE/GREEN SW PAE mode select SW 1 01 0001 3
76 VTR POWER SW VCR mode SW 1 01 0001 2
77 CAM POWER SW Camera mode SW 1 01 0001 1
78 T/C PW SW Tape/Card SW 1 01 0001 0
79 SDET S terminal detection 1 01 0000 7
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-12
4-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port
4-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port
4-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port
STEP NAME DESCRIPTION CS Function ADDR REMARK
87 Batt A/D Battery voltage 1 02 0007
Battery type 00~33 34~65 66~99 9A~CD CE~FF
Batt BP-535 BP-522 BP-511 BP-508
Not /512
89 A/D V Charge voltage 1 02 0005
90 A/D I Charge current 1 02 0004
91 KEY AD0 KEY A/D0 1 02 0003
92 KEY AD1 KEY A/D1 1 02 0002
02 000000~2B:REW,2C~66:MENU
67~A6:MENU execution95 KEY AD3 KEY A/D3 1
02 000100~2B:STOP,2C~66:FF
67~A6:PLAY/PAUSE93 KEY AD2 KEY A/D2 1
Not observable
Not observable
00~2B:CARDMIX,2C~66:SELF
00~2B:DE ON/OFF,2C~66:DE SEL
AD DATA(00~FF)
Battery voltage value
88 Batt Info A/D 1 02 0006
STEP NAME DESCRIPTION CS Function ADDR DATA BIT REMARK9 EXT DET External microphone detection 0 01 0000 7
(Audio. C)
107 AV DET AV jack detect 0 01 0004 3
338 USB DET USB Detect 0 01 0009 5
268 REC PROOF Tape recording inhibited 0 01 000A 4
214 CARD PRO Card recording inhibited 0 01 000A 2
STEP NAME DESCRIPTION CS Function ADDR REMARK
339 SHOE ID1 AA SHOE ID1 0 02 000E
48 CASE IN Cassette detection 0 02 000C Cassette Cassetteinserted not inserted
216 CARD DET CARD detection 0 02 000A Card Cardinserted not inserted
137 TEMD Lens thermometer output 0 02 0008
285 ZOOMKEY Zoom key output 0 02 0007 TELE WIDEside side
217 I ENC IRIS ENC output 0 02 0006 Open
340 Y GYRO YAW side GYRO output 0 02 0005
50 P GYRO PITH side GYRO output 0 02 0004
138 DEW AD DEW detection 0 02 0003
218 MSW AD Mechanical position 0 02 0002
286 TAPE END Ending detection 0 02 0001
341 TAPE TOP Beginning detection 0 02 0000
AD DATA(00~FF)
Small diaphragm
Intermediate
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-13
5. Service Hints
5-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards
The printed circuit boards are arranged as shown below.
Fig.3-12
JACK P.C.B.
OPERATION KEY
EJECT P.C.B.
R-KEY P.C.B.
D SW2 P.C.B.CARD P.C.B.
LCD P.C.B.
DC P.C.B.
CVF P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B.
CAC P.C.B.
CCD P.C.B.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-14
5-2 Location of Main Elements
Fig. 3-13
IC301MOTOR DRIVE
IC2000VRP2
IC2301VIC3
IC2300FLASH
IC1102MACS
IC8034V REGULATOR
IC1101SDRAM
IC801AUDIO INTERFACE
IC802SP DRIVER
IC32022.7V REGULATOR
IC32034.7V REGULATOR
IC2302SDRAM
IC3201DC/DC CONVERTER
CONTROL
IC103RESET
IC100MODE MI-COM
IC1802OPE/AMP
IC32042.5V REGULATOR
IC2100VIF2
IC102BACKUP
IC300OPE AMP
MAIN P.C.B.
FU1801
FU3205
FU3201
FU3202
FU3204
FU3203
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-15
Fig. 3-14
CAC P.C.B.
JACK P.C.B. LCD P.C.B.
IC1701MOTOR DRIVE
IC1002TG/CDS/AGC/AD
IC1601P SENSOR GYRO
IC1502EEPROM
IC1501EVF DRIVER
IC1602Y SENSOR GYRO
IC901EEPROM
IC902SERI/PARA CONVERTER
IC903LCD DRIVE
IC4201DC/DC CONVERTER
CONTROL
IC1202IRIS DRIVE
IC1001V-DRIVER
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-16
5-3 Current Consumption Check
The following table shows the specified value of current consumption in each status.
Measurement condition : Product status, camera auto mode(AF,IS OFF), LCD ON (Approx. 0.1A each smaller in case of CVF)Preset voltage : 7.4V
POWER SW MODE Current consumption (A)
CAMERA REC PAUSE 0.46
REC 0.51
VCR STOP 0.45
PLAY 0.54
POWER OFF 0.3 (mA)
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-17
6. Trouble ShootingTo detect the failure part for repair, if any, use the following hints and check points.
6-1 Power Supply
<Hints>
When the power source is attached, the unit enters the standby mode in the following sequences.
Main power is connected. → UNREG is supplied to the MAIN P.C.B. → MODE microcomputer starts up. → MODE microcomputeroutputs VCR ON “H” signal. → PWM driver starts up and turns on each power supply. → Establishes communication with the FRmicrocomputer. → FR microcomputer initializes recorder mechanical chassis. → After initialized, the MODE MI-COM is brought intothe standby status with the VCR ON changed to VCR Low.
After that, the power supply is turned ON by the following procedures.
Power supply mode switch operation → After MODE MI-COM is accepted, VCR ON “H” is output. → The PWM driver is started toturn on various power supplies. → The FR MI-COM is started to control the system.
<Check Points>
1) Key InputsCheck the key inputs at Power Switch in the SERVICE mode.
2) Check of microcomputer-to-microcomputer communicationIf the microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication line is normal, the version number of each microcomputer can be indi-cated in the service mode. Otherwise, the communication line or microcomputer may be faulty.
3) Error in Mechanism (P. 3-8)If any error is occurred by mechanism trouble at initializing, the error can be detected.At this state, the power can be turned on, but the unit enters “ERROR STOP” state. In this case, check the error data in theSERVICE mode.
4) VCR ON “H”, CAM ON “H” (control signal from MODE microcomputer) OutputsCheck the output of control signal by the LANC remote controller.
5) Fuses on the POWER SUPPLY P.C.B.Check the continuity of the fuses FU3201, 3202, 3203, 3204, 3205 and 1801 on the MAIN P.C.B. In case of NG, replace the fuseand check the power consumption.
6) Replace the MAIN P.C.B. with a service part and check the operation.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-18
6-2 Camera Picture Faulty
<Hints>
A flow of camera picture (EE) is as below.CCD → CAC P.C.B. → MAIN P.C.B. (MACS → VIC3→VIF2) → JACK P.C.B.
<Check Points>
1) Check of lens reset (p.3-11)If no camera picture appears, check if the lens has been reset by means of the service mode. In case of NG, check the lens.
2) Check of blue back outputIf the blue back is confirmed, the signal line subsequent to VIC3 is considered to be OK.
3) Check of MACS generation signal (white 100% or color bar) (P.3-10)The white 100% or color bar signals are generated by the MACS on the MAIN P.C.B. In the service mode, if the output of the white100% or color bar signal is attained, the signal line subsequent to MACS is considered to be OK.
4) Check of CCD outputThe CCD output is sampled by IC1002 (TG/CDS/AGC/AD). Check the signal.
5) Check by command particular to camera (p.3-10)Check the operation of White balance, AGC, IRIS, etc. in the service mode.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-19
6-3 Faulty of Playback Picture
<Hints>
In the DV, degradation of picture quality normally appears on the screen as block noise. This is because, if an error occurs exceeding theability of the error correction circuit, the block by block information of pictures is not played back properly and thus complemented bythe previous picture information. Normally, such block noise appears on the screen when the error rate has considerably been degradeddue to the degraded tape or the lowered head output, etc. Be sure to check the playback picture quality by the error rate.
<Check Points>
1) Deterioration of Tape QualityCheck if flaws, kinks, etc. are found on a magnetic face of tape or not, and compare it with the error rate of other unit.
2) Error Rate (P. 3-7)In the service mode, check an error rate of self-recording/LP playback. The specified allowable error rate is 2 × 10-5.In case of NG, take the following procedure.
(1) Observe a playback envelope. If it is abnormal, carry out tape-path adjustment.(2) Run a cleaning tape.
Use the cleaning tape of hard type (DY9-1384-000).
[Playback time]
Hard cleaning tape (DY9-1384-000) : After replacement of the drum unit → 25 secondsFor cleaning → 25 seconds per time, Up to three times
* When using hard-type cleaning tape, select the cleaning mode on the product main unit.(Refer to 4-3 - Cleaning Mode, p. 3-10.)
(3) Check the error rate again.If the error rate is out of the specified range, clean the tape drive parts (posts, drum) using cleaning paper moistened withalcohol.* Take care not to damage the head.* Do not touch the head with bare hand.
(4) Check the error rate again.If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the tape with a new one and check the error rate again. At this step, use atape (must be Panasonic LP tape) which has been purchased at a different time. The error rate may become worse due toinconsistent quality or aging of the tape.
(5) Check the error rate again.If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the drum unit.
(6) Check the error rate again.If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the mechanical unit.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-20
6-4 Startup Window Setting
The startup window (user setting) contains a default image* at shipment from the factory. If any other image is written over the defaultimage, it is deleted completely. So, be cautious in such cases as MAIN P.C.B. replacement.
* Default image (Image file : Contained in “7. Appendix”.)
User Setting
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-21
7. Mechanical Error Applicability TableThe address data in the mechanical error applicability table varies depending on the version of the FR MI-COM. Check the MI-COMversion, and refer to the mechanical error applicability table relevant to the MI-COM version.
Mechanical Error Applicability Table (for MAIN program version “C204” in FR MI-COM)
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0A90E4 MechaLMOEmerg Loading error being stopped - - - - -
0A9268 ResetMechaGAP At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - - -
0A9398 ResetMechaSTOP At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - - - -
0A9476 ResetMechaPLAY At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - -
0A95AA ResetMechaPOPUP At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - - -
0A9662 ResetMechaLD1 At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - -
0A97EE ResetMechaLD2 At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - -
0A9990 ResetMecha0020 At P. ON, changeover to mechanical reset end - - - - - -
0A9E70 MechaDoneToEjectEmerg Error EJECT - - - - -
0A9F5E MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0010 Error EJECT - - - -
0AA07A MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0020 Error EJECT - - - -
0AA146 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0100 Error EJECT - - - - - -
0AA1C0 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0200 Error EJECT - - - - -
0AA26A MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0210 Error EJECT - - - - - -
0AA500 MechaDoneToEject Error EJECT - - - -
0AA94A MechaStopToEject0020 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - 8Dh
0AAAC6 MechaStopToEject0030 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - 8Dh
0AACD6 MechaStopToEject0040 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - 8Dh
0AAE32 MechaStopToEject0050 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - -
0AAF06 MechaStopToEject0060 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - -
0AAF98 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0010 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - -
0AB05A MechaStopToEjectNoCas0020 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB11C MechaStopToEjectNoCas0030 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB1D4 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0040 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB29C MechaStopToEjectNoCas0050 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB71A MechaStopLoop Stop - - - - -
0AB7EA MechaEjectToStop Tape loading start - - -
0ABD36 MechaEjectToStop0020 Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) - - -
0ABF0A MechaEjectToStop0030 Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) - - - -
0AC0B6 MechaEjectToStop0200 Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AC17E MechaEjectToStop0210 Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AC3E4 MechaEjectToStop0100 Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) - - - - -
0AC472 MechaEjectToStop0110 Blank search start - - - -
0AC4CE MechaEjectToStop0111 Tape loading end (Tape inserted) - - - - - -
0AC516 MechaEjectToStop0120 Blank search start - - - -
0AC658 MechaEjectToStop0124 Blank search start - - - 8Dh -
0AC6E0 MechaEjectToStop0128 Blank search start - - - -
0AC83A MechaEjectToStop0130 Blank being searched - - 8Dh - -
0AC9AC MechaEjectToStop0132 Changeover to blank search end - - - - - -
0ACA16 MechaEjectToStop0133 Changeover to blank search end - 8Dh 8Dh -
0ACE8A MechaEjectToStop0136 Changeover to blank search end - - - -
0AD05E MechaEjectToStop0137 Changeover to blank search end - - 8Dh -
0AD102 MechaEjectToStop0138 Changeover to blank search end - - - 8Dh -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-22
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0AD172 MechaEjectToStop0139 Changeover to blank search end - - - - - -
0AD218 MechaEjectToStop0140 Changeover to blank search end - - - -
0AD3C4 MechaEjectToStop0180 Changeover to blank search end - - - - -
0AD4C2 MechaFFToStop Changeover : FF → STOP - - - 8Dh
0AD6EE MechaRewToStop Changeover : REW → STOP - 8Dh -
0ADA2E MechaRecPauseToStop Changeover : Rec Pause → STOP - CEh -
0ADD9C MechaPlayToStop Changeover : PLAY → STOP - - - 8Dh
0ADEB0 MechaStillToStop Changeover : Still → STOP - CEh -
0AE274 MechaXToEnd Start of processing at end of tape - - - -
0AE5C6 MechaXToEnd0010 Processing at end of tape - - 8Dh - -
0AE64A MechaXToEnd0020 Processing at end of tape - 8Dh - -
0AEB0C MechaXToEnd0030 Processing at end of tape - - - - -
0AEC04 MechaTopLoop Processing at beginning of tape - - - - -
0AEC6C MechaXToTop Start of processing at beginning of tape - - - - -
0AEEA0 MechaXToTop0020 Processing at beginning of tape - - - 8Dh
0AF146 MechaFFLoop FF - - - 8Dh -
0AF1F4 MechaFFSlowToFF Changeover : FF × 9.5 → × 30 - - - 8Dh -
0AF2C6 MechaFFToFFSlow Changeover : FF × 30 → × 9.5 - - - 8Dh -
0AF372 MechaHSCueToFFSlow Changeover : CUE → FF - - - 8Dh -
0AF3FE MechaStopToFFSlow Changeover : STOP → FF - -
0AF62A MechaRewLoop REW - - 8Dh - -
0AF6D8 MechaRewSlowToRew Changeover : REW × 9.5 → × 30 - - 8Dh - -
0AF7AA MechaRewToRewSlow Changeover : REW × 30 → × 9.5 - - 8Dh - -
0AF856 MechaHSRevToRewSlow Changeover : REV → REW × 9.5 - - 8Dh - -
0AF902 MechaStopToRewSlow Changeover : STOP → REW -
0AFC12 MechaRecLoop Rec - - - 8Dh -
0AFC8E MechaRecPauseToRec Rec start - - - - - -
0B000A MechaRecPauseToRec0010 Changeover to Rec start - - - - - -
0B0090 MechaRecPauseToRec0012 Changeover to Rec start - - - - - -
0B01B2 MechaRecPauseToRec0015 Changeover to Rec start - - - -
0B0338 MechaRecPauseToRec0020 Changeover to Rec start - - - - - -
0B052C MechaRecPauseLoop Rec PAUSE - - - - - -
0B058A MechaStopToRecPause Changeover : STOP → REC - -
0B0702 MechaStopToRecPause0010 Changeover : STOP → REC - - - - - -
0B0860 MechaESFStillToRecPause Changeover to Rec search FWD end - - - - - -
0B08D2 MechaESRStillToRecPause Changeover to Rec search RVS end - CEh - -
0B0B2A RecEndingSequence Changeover to Rec end - - - - - -
0B0D08 RecEndingSequence0010 Changeover to Rec end - - - -
0B0FFE RecEndingSequence0030 Changeover to Rec end - - - -
0B115E RecEndingSequence0050 Changeover to Rec end - - - - - -
0B141E MechaPlayLoop PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B14B0 MechaStopToPlay Changeover : STOP → PLAY - -
0B15DC MechaStopTopToPlay Changeover : STOP → PLAY - -
0B1716 MechaStopTopToPlay0010 Changeover : STOP → PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B17F0 MechaStopTopToPlay0020 Changeover : STOP → PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B1880 MechaStillFwdToPlay Changeover : Still → PLAY - - - -
0B1B40 MechaFwd1xToPlay Capstan × 1 being rotated - - - 8Dh -
0B1D20 MechaFwd1xLoop Capstan × 1 being rotated - - - 8Dh -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-23
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0B1DBC MechaPlayToFwd1x PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B1E1E MechaFwd2xToFwd1x Changeover : capstan × 2 → × 1 - - - 8Dh -
0B2022 MechaStillFwdToFwd1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
0B22A8 MechaStillRvsToFwd1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
0B24F0 MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0010 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B25B0 MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0020 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B294E MechaRvs1xLoop Capstan × 1 being rotated - - 8Dh - -
0B29B4 MechaRvs2xToRvs1x Changeover : capstan × 2 → × 1 - - 8Dh - -
0B2A18 MechaStillRvsToRvs1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
0B2BDE MechaStillFwdToRvs1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
0B2E06 MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0010 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B2EC6 MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0020 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B30E4 MechaFwd2xLoop Capstan × 2 being rotated - - - 8Dh -
0B314A MechaFwd1xToFwd2x Changeover : capstan × 1 → × 2 rotation - - - 8Dh -
0B31DA MechaCueToFwd2x CUE end - - - 8Dh -
0B32FA MechaRvs2xLoop Capstan × 2 being rotated - - 8Dh - -
0B3360 MechaRvs1xToRvs2x Changeover : capstan × 1 → × 2 - - 8Dh - -
0B33C4 MechaRevToRvs2x Changeover to REV end - - 8Dh - -
0B34CE MechaCueLoop CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B3534 MechaFwd2xToCue Changeover to CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B35FE MechaHSCueLoop CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B3664 MechaFFToHSCue Changeover : FF → CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B38D0 MechaLCueLoop CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B3936 MechaFFToLCue Changeover : FF → CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B3B5C MechaReviewLoop REV - - 8Dh - -
0B3BC2 MechaRvs2xToRev Changeover to REV start - - 8Dh - -
0B3C8E MechaHSReviewLoop REV - - - 8Dh -
0B3CF4 MechaRewToHSReview Changeover : REW → REV - - 8Dh - -
0B3F68 MechaLReviewLoop REV - - - 8Dh -
0B3FCE MechaRewToLReview Changeover : REW → REV - - 8Dh - -
0B42DA MechaStillFwdLoop Still - - - - - -
0B431A MechaPlayToStillFwd Changeover : PLAY → Still - - - 8Dh -
0B448A MechaPlayToStillFwd0025 Changeover : PLAY → Still - - - - - -
0B44EC MechaStillRvsToStillFwd Changeover : Still RVS → Still FWD - - - - - -
0B45C8 MechaStillRvsToStillFwd0010 Changeover : Still RVS → Still FWD - - - - - -
0B4640 MechaFrameFwdToStillFwd Changeover : Forward fame feed → Still RVS - - - - - -
0B476C MechaStillRvsLoop Still - - - - - -
0B47AC MechaStillFwdToStillRvs Changeover : Still FWD → Still RVS - - - - - -
0B4888 MechaStillFwdToStillRvs0010 Changeover : Still FWD → Still RVS - - - - - -
0B48F4 MechaFrameRvsToStillRvs Changeover : Reverse frame feed → Still - - - - - -
0B4954 MechaSlowRvsToStillRvs Changeover : 1/10 slow RVS → Still - - - - - -
0B4A0E MechaStillFwdToFrameFwd Changeover to forward frame feed start - - - -
0B4A94 MechaFrameFwd0000 Forward frame feed - - - -
0B4BA6 MechaStillRvsToFrameRvs Changeover to reverse frame feed start - - - -
0B4C2C MechaFrameRvs0000 Reverse frame feed - - - -
0B4E1E MechaSlow10Fwd0000 1/10 slow FWD - - - -
0B51F4 MechaStillFwdToSlow10Fwd Changeover : Still → 1/10 slow FWD - - - -
0B5634 MechaSlow10Rvs0000 1/10 slow RVS - - - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-24
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0B5A0A MechaStillRvsToSlow10Rvs Changeover : Still → 1/10 slow RVS - - - -
0B5E48 MechaShuttleFwdLoop Edit search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0B5EAE MechaStillFwdToShuttleFwd Changeover : Still → Edit search FWD - - - -
0B6110 MechaShuttleRvsLoop Edit search RVS - - 8Dh - -
0B6176 MechaStillRvsToShuttleRvs Changeover : Still → Edit search RVS - - - -
0B6398 MechaSEFStillLoop Edit search FWD still - - - - - -
0B63D0 MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill Edit search FWD → Edit search FWD still - - - 8Dh -
0B651C MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill0025 Edit search FWD → Edit search FWD still - - - - - -
0B65E0 MechaSERStillLoop Edit search RVS still - - - - - -
0B6618 MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill Edit search RVS → Edit search RVS still - - - - - -
0B674A MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill0020 Edit search RVS → Edit search RVS still - - - - - -
0B67FE MechaEdPauseRvsLoop Changeover to Rec REW (RVS → FWD) - - - - - -
0B6836 MechaRecPauseToEdPauseRvs Rec search RVS start - - - -
0B6C7C MechaRReviewRvsLoop Changeover to Rec REW - - - - - -
0B6CB4 MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs Rec REW (RVS) start - - - - -
0B6E2C MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0012 Rec search RVS (RVS) - - CEh - -
0B6EF2 MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0015 Changeover to Rec search RVS (RVS) end - 8Dh - -
0B7128 MechaRReviewFwdLoop Changeover to REC REW - - - - - -
0B7160 MechaRRRvsToRRFwd Changeover to REC REW - 8Dh - -
0B74C6 MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0031 Changeover to REC REW - - - 8Dh -
0B762A MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0035 Changeover to REC REW - - - 8Dh -
0B7AA2 MechaEdSearchFwdLoop Rec search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0B7B08 MechaRecPauseToEdSearchFwd Rec search FWD start - - - -
0B7C4E MechaESFStillToEdSrchFwd Changeover : Rec search FWD → - - - -
Rec search FWD
0B7D82 MechaESRStillToESF Changeover : Rec search RVS → - - - -
Rec search FWD
0B82DA MechaEdSearchRvsLoop Rec search RVS - - 8Dh - -
0B8340 MechaEPRToEdSearchRvs Rec search RVS start - CEh - -
0B8436 MechaESFStillToESR Changeover : Rec search FWD → - - - -
Rec search RVS
0B8792 MechaESFStillLoop Changeover to Rec search FWD end - - - - - -
0B87CA MechaEdSearchFwdToESFStill Changeover to Rec search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0B897A MechaESRStillLoop Changeover to Rec search RVS end - - - - - -
0B89B2 MechaESRToESRStill Changeover to Rec search RVS end - - - - - -
0B8DA6 MechaRStillToPhotoSearchFwd Photo search FWD start - - - -
0B8FBE MechaPhotoSearchFwd0000 Photo search FWD start - - - -
0B907E MechaPhotoSearchFwd0030 Photo search FWD start - - - -
0B9156 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0070 Photo search FWD start - - - 8Dh -
0B91AA MechaPhotoSearchFwd0090 Photo search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0B925A MechaPhotoSearchFwd0100 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0B939A MechaPhotoSearchFwd0110 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - -
0B9560 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0120 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B95CC MechaPhotoSearchFwd0130 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B9688 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0570 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B9746 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0580 Photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B98E0 MechaFStillToPhotoSearchRvs Changeover: Still → photo search RVS start - - - -
0B9AF4 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0000 Photo search RVS start - - - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-25
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0B9BC0 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0030 Photo search RVS start - - - -
0B9C34 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0040 Photo search RVS start - - - - -
0B9CD0 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0070 Photo search RVS start - - 8Dh - -
0B9D30 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0075 Photo search RVS start - - 8Dh - -
0B9D92 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0080 Photo search RVS - - 8Dh - -
0B9E40 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0100 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0B9FAA MechaPhotoSearchRvs0110 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - -
0BA268 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0120 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA2D4 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0130 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA3B8 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1080 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA476 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1090 Photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA58C MechaDsearchFwd1000 Date search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0BA692 MechaDsearchFwd1010 Changeover to date search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BA9BE MechaDsearchFwd1020 Changeover to date search FWD end - - 8Dh -
0BAC4A MechaDsearchFwd1030 Changeover to date search FWD end - - - - -
0BAD0A MechaDsearchFwd1040 Changeover to date search FWD end - CEh - -
0BAF18 MechaDsearchFwd1050 Changeover to date search FWD end - 8Dh - -
0BB0EE MechaDsearchFwd1065 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BB2A4 MechaDsearchFwd1080 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - - -
0BB550 MechaDsearchFwd1090 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - - - -
0BB610 MechaDsearchFwd1100 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - - 8Dh -
0BB8B4 MechaDsearchFwd1200 Changeover to date search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BB946 MechaDsearchFwd1210 Changeover to date search RVS end - - - 8Dh -
0BBB52 MechaDsearchRvs1000 Date search FWD - - 8Dh - -
0BBD2C MechaATNFwd0010 ATN search FWD start - CEh
0BBF80 MechaATNFwd0020 ATN search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0BC15C MechaATNFwd0035 Changeover to ATN search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BC1DA MechaATNFwd0040 Changeover to ATN search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BC2EA MechaATNFwd0050 Changeover to ATN search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BC3E8 MechaATNFwd0060 ATN search FWD end - - - - - -
0BC488 MechaATNRvs0010 ATN search RVS start CEh -
0BC756 MechaATNRvs0020 ATN search RVS - - 8Dh - -
0BC8FC MechaATNRvs0035 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BC970 MechaATNRvs0040 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BCA84 MechaATNRvs0050 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BCB34 MechaATNRvs0055 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - - - -
0BCBEE MechaATNRvs0060 ATN search RVS end - - - - -
0BCCE4 MechaAIPauseLoop Dubbing pause - - - - - -
0BCD1C MechaStillToAIPause Changeover: Still → Audio dubbing pause - CEh - -
0BD0A6 MechaStillToAIPause0010 Changeover: Still → Audio dubbing pause - - - - - -
0BD0FE MechaAInsertToAIPause Changeover to audio dubbing end - CEh - -
0BD516 MechaAInsertToAIPause0010 Dubbing end - - - - -
0BD602 MechaAInsertLoop Dubbing - - - 8Dh -
0BD676 MechaAIPauseToAInsert Dubbing start - - - -
0BD7C2 MechaAVINSLoop AV insert - - - 8Dh -
0BD7F0 MechaRecPauseToAVINS AV insert start - - - - - -
0BD8A6 MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0010 Changeover to AV insert start - - - - - -
0BD914 MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0020 AV insert start - - - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-26
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0BDA60 MechaRecPauseToAVIPause Changeover to AV insert pause - - - - - -
0BDAAE MechaAVIPauseLoop AV insert pause - - - - - -
0BDAE6 MechaAVInsertToAVIPause AV insert end - - - - - -
0BDF48 ABSFwdSlw Forward frame feed - - - -
0BDFE8 ABSRvsSlw Reverse frame feed - - - -
0BE088 TurnRvsToFwd Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - -
0BE2F6 TurnRvsToFwd0010 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - - -
0BE3B8 TurnRvsToFwd0020 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - - - -
0BE522 TurnRvsToFwd0030 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - 8Dh -
0BE592 TurnRvsToFwd0040 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - - - -
0BE65E TurnRvsToFwd0060 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - -
0BE76A TurnFwdToRvs Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - -
0BE9D2 TurnFwdToRvs0010 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - - -
0BEA94 TurnFwdToRvs0020 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - - - -
0BEBFE TurnFwdToRvs0030 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - 8Dh - -
0BEC6E TurnFwdToRvs0040 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - - - -
0BED3A TurnFwdToRvs0060 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - -
0BEE46 RepeatFrameFwd Forward frame feed - - - -
0BEF28 RepeatFrameRvs Reverse frame feed - - - -
0BF73A MechaErrorStop Mechanical error recovery (error stop) - - - - -
0C1646 MechaStillFwdToNewFSlow5 Changeover: Still → Slow FWD - - - -
0C16C0 MechaNewFSlow5Loop Slow FWD - - - 8Dh -
0C170E MechaNewFSlow5ToFStill Changeover: Slow FWD → Still - - - - - -
0C1758 MechaStillRvsToNewRSlow5 Changeover: Still → Slow RVS - - - -
0C17D4 MechaNewRSlow5Loop Slow RVS - - 8Dh - -
0C1822 MechaNewRSlow5ToRStill Changeover: Slow RVS → Still - - - - - -
0C24E4 MechaRecReady Changeover to Rec pause - - - - -
0C25B0 MechaRecReady0010 Changeover to Rec pause - - - - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-27
Mechanical Error Applicability Table (for MAIN program version “1224” in FR MI-COM)
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0A9130 MechaLMOEmerg Loading error being stopped - - - - -
0A92B4 ResetMechaGAP At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - - -
0A93E4 ResetMechaSTOP At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - - - -
0A94C2 ResetMechaPLAY At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - -
0A95F6 ResetMechaPOPUP At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - - -
0A96AE ResetMechaLD1 At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - -
0A983A ResetMechaLD2 At P. ON, mechanical reset - - - -
0A99DC ResetMecha0020 At P. ON, changeover to mechanical reset end - - - - - -
0A9EBC MechaDoneToEjectEmerg Error EJECT - - - - -
0A9FAA MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0010 Error EJECT - - - -
0AA0C6 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0020 Error EJECT - - - -
0AA192 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0100 Error EJECT - - - - - -
0AA20C MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0200 Error EJECT - - - - -
0AA2B6 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0210 Error EJECT - - - - - -
0AA54C MechaDoneToEject Error EJECT - - - -
0AA996 MechaStopToEject0020 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - 8Dh
0AAB12 MechaStopToEject0030 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - 8Dh
0AAD22 MechaStopToEject0040 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - 8Dh
0AAE7E MechaStopToEject0050 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - -
0AAF52 MechaStopToEject0060 EJECT (Tape inserted) - - - -
0AAFE4 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0010 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - -
0AB0A6 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0020 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB168 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0030 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB220 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0040 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB2E8 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0050 EJECT (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AB766 MechaStopLoop Stop - - - - -
0AB836 MechaEjectToStop Tape loading start - - -
0ABD82 MechaEjectToStop0020 Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) - - -
0ABF56 MechaEjectToStop0030 Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) - - - -
0AC102 MechaEjectToStop0200 Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AC1CA MechaEjectToStop0210 Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) - - - - -
0AC430 MechaEjectToStop0100 Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) - - - - -
0AC4BE MechaEjectToStop0110 Blank search start - - - -
0AC51A MechaEjectToStop0111 Tape loading end (Tape inserted) - - - - - -
0AC562 MechaEjectToStop0120 Blank search start - - - -
0AC6A4 MechaEjectToStop0124 Blank search start - - - 8Dh -
0AC72C MechaEjectToStop0128 Blank search start - - - -
0AC886 MechaEjectToStop0130 Blank being searched - - 8Dh - -
0AC9F8 MechaEjectToStop0132 Changeover to blank search end - - - - - -
0ACA62 MechaEjectToStop0133 Changeover to blank search end - 8Dh 8Dh -
0ACED6 MechaEjectToStop0136 Changeover to blank search end - - - -
0AD0AA MechaEjectToStop0137 Changeover to blank search end - - 8Dh -
0AD14E MechaEjectToStop0138 Changeover to blank search end - - - 8Dh -
0AD1BE MechaEjectToStop0139 Changeover to blank search end - - - - - -
0AD264 MechaEjectToStop0140 Changeover to blank search end - - - -
0AD410 MechaEjectToStop0180 Changeover to blank search end - - - - -
0AD50E MechaFFToStop Changeover : FF → STOP - - - 8Dh
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-28
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0AD73A MechaRewToStop Changeover : REW → STOP - 8Dh -
0ADA7A MechaRecPauseToStop Changeover : Rec Pause → STOP - CEh -
0ADDE8 MechaPlayToStop Changeover : PLAY → STOP - - - 8Dh
0ADEFC MechaStillToStop Changeover : Still → STOP - CEh -
0AE2C0 MechaXToEnd Start of processing at end of tape - - - -
0AE612 MechaXToEnd0010 Processing at end of tape - - 8Dh - -
0AE696 MechaXToEnd0020 Processing at end of tape - 8Dh - -
0AEB58 MechaXToEnd0030 Processing at end of tape - - - - -
0AEC50 MechaTopLoop Processing at beginning of tape - - - - -
0AECB8 MechaXToTop Start of processing at beginning of tape - - - - -
0AEEEC MechaXToTop0020 Processing at beginning of tape - - - 8Dh
0AF192 MechaFFLoop FF - - - 8Dh -
0AF240 MechaFFSlowToFF Changeover : FF × 9.5 → × 30 - - - 8Dh -
0AF312 MechaFFToFFSlow Changeover : FF × 30 → × 9.5 - - - 8Dh -
0AF3BE MechaHSCueToFFSlow Changeover : CUE → FF - - - 8Dh -
0AF44A MechaStopToFFSlow Changeover : STOP → FF - -
0AF676 MechaRewLoop REW - - 8Dh - -
0AF724 MechaRewSlowToRew Changeover : REW × 9.5 → × 30 - - 8Dh - -
0AF7F6 MechaRewToRewSlow Changeover : REW × 30 → × 9.5 - - 8Dh - -
0AF8A2 MechaHSRevToRewSlow Changeover : REV → REW × 9.5 - - 8Dh - -
0AF94E MechaStopToRewSlow Changeover : STOP → REW -
0AFC5E MechaRecLoop Rec - - - 8Dh -
0AFCDA MechaRecPauseToRec Rec start - - - - - -
0B0056 MechaRecPauseToRec0010 Changeover to Rec start - - - - - -
0B00DC MechaRecPauseToRec0012 Changeover to Rec start - - - - - -
0B01FE MechaRecPauseToRec0015 Changeover to Rec start - - - -
0B0384 MechaRecPauseToRec0020 Changeover to Rec start - - - - - -
0B0578 MechaRecPauseLoop Rec PAUSE - - - - - -
0B05D6 MechaStopToRecPause Changeover : STOP → REC - -
0B074E MechaStopToRecPause0010 Changeover : STOP → REC - - - - - -
0B08AC MechaESFStillToRecPause Changeover to Rec search FWD end - - - - - -
0B091E MechaESRStillToRecPause Changeover to Rec search RVS end - CEh - -
0B0B76 RecEndingSequence Changeover to Rec end - - - - - -
0B0D54 RecEndingSequence0010 Changeover to Rec end - - - -
0B104A RecEndingSequence0030 Changeover to Rec end - - - -
0B11AA RecEndingSequence0050 Changeover to Rec end - - - - - -
0B146A MechaPlayLoop PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B14FC MechaStopToPlay Changeover : STOP → PLAY - -
0B1628 MechaStopTopToPlay Changeover : STOP → PLAY - -
0B1762 MechaStopTopToPlay0010 Changeover : STOP → PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B183C MechaStopTopToPlay0020 Changeover : STOP → PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B18CC MechaStillFwdToPlay Changeover : Still → PLAY - - - -
0B1B8C MechaFwd1xToPlay Capstan × 1 being rotated - - - 8Dh -
0B1D6C MechaFwd1xLoop Capstan × 1 being rotated - - - 8Dh -
0B1E08 MechaPlayToFwd1x PLAY - - - 8Dh -
0B1E6A MechaFwd2xToFwd1x Changeover : capstan × 2 → × 1 - - - 8Dh -
0B206E MechaStillFwdToFwd1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
0B22F4 MechaStillRvsToFwd1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-29
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0B253C MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0010 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B25FC MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0020 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B299A MechaRvs1xLoop Capstan × 1 being rotated - - 8Dh - -
0B2A00 MechaRvs2xToRvs1x Changeover : capstan × 2 → × 1 - - 8Dh - -
0B2A64 MechaStillRvsToRvs1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
0B2C2A MechaStillFwdToRvs1x Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - -
0B2E52 MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0010 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B2F12 MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0020 Changeover : Still → capstan × 1 - - - - -
0B3130 MechaFwd2xLoop Capstan × 2 being rotated - - - 8Dh -
0B3196 MechaFwd1xToFwd2x Changeover : capstan × 1 → × 2 rotation - - - 8Dh -
0B3226 MechaCueToFwd2x CUE end - - - 8Dh -
0B3346 MechaRvs2xLoop Capstan × 2 being rotated - - 8Dh - -
0B33AC MechaRvs1xToRvs2x Changeover : capstan × 1 → × 2 - - 8Dh - -
0B3410 MechaRevToRvs2x Changeover to REV end - - 8Dh - -
0B351A MechaCueLoop CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B3580 MechaFwd2xToCue Changeover to CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B364A MechaHSCueLoop CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B36B0 MechaFFToHSCue Changeover : FF → CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B391C MechaLCueLoop CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B3982 MechaFFToLCue Changeover : FF → CUE - - - 8Dh -
0B3BA8 MechaReviewLoop REV - - 8Dh - -
0B3C0E MechaRvs2xToRev Changeover to REV start - - 8Dh - -
0B3CDA MechaHSReviewLoop REV - - - 8Dh -
0B3D40 MechaRewToHSReview Changeover : REW → REV - - 8Dh - -
0B3FB4 MechaLReviewLoop REV - - - 8Dh -
0B401A MechaRewToLReview Changeover : REW → REV - - 8Dh - -
0B4326 MechaStillFwdLoop Still - - - - - -
0B4366 MechaPlayToStillFwd Changeover : PLAY → Still - - - 8Dh -
0B44D6 MechaPlayToStillFwd0025 Changeover : PLAY → Still - - - - - -
0B4538 MechaStillRvsToStillFwd Changeover : Still RVS → Still FWD - - - - - -
0B4614 MechaStillRvsToStillFwd0010 Changeover : Still RVS → Still FWD - - - - - -
0B468C MechaFrameFwdToStillFwd Changeover : Forward fame feed → Still RVS - - - - - -
0B47B8 MechaStillRvsLoop Still - - - - - -
0B47F8 MechaStillFwdToStillRvs Changeover : Still FWD ® Still RVS - - - - - -
0B48D4 MechaStillFwdToStillRvs0010 Changeover : Still FWD ® Still RVS - - - - - -
0B4940 MechaFrameRvsToStillRvs Changeover : Reverse frame feed ® Still - - - - - -
0B49A0 MechaSlowRvsToStillRvs Changeover : 1/10 slow RVS ® Still - - - - - -
0B4A5A MechaStillFwdToFrameFwd Changeover to forward frame feed start - - - -
0B4AE0 MechaFrameFwd0000 Forward frame feed - - - -
0B4BF2 MechaStillRvsToFrameRvs Changeover to reverse frame feed start - - - -
0B4C78 MechaFrameRvs0000 Reverse frame feed - - - -
0B4E6A MechaSlow10Fwd0000 1/10 slow FWD - - - -
0B5240 MechaStillFwdToSlow10Fwd Changeover : Still → 1/10 slow FWD - - - -
0B5680 MechaSlow10Rvs0000 1/10 slow RVS - - - -
0B5A56 MechaStillRvsToSlow10Rvs Changeover : Still → 1/10 slow RVS - - - -
0B5E94 MechaShuttleFwdLoop Edit search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0B5EFA MechaStillFwdToShuttleFwd Changeover : Still → Edit search FWD - - - -
0B615C MechaShuttleRvsLoop Edit search RVS - - 8Dh - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-30
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0B61C2 MechaStillRvsToShuttleRvs Changeover : Still → Edit search RVS - - - -
0B63E4 MechaSEFStillLoop Edit search FWD still - - - - - -
0B641C MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill Edit search FWD → Edit search FWD still - - - 8Dh -
0B6568 MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill0025 Edit search FWD → Edit search FWD still - - - - - -
0B662C MechaSERStillLoop Edit search RVS still - - - - - -
0B6664 MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill Edit search RVS → Edit search RVS still - - - - - -
0B6796 MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill0020 Edit search RVS → Edit search RVS still - - - - - -
0B684A MechaEdPauseRvsLoop Changeover to Rec REW (RVS → FWD) - - - - - -
0B6882 MechaRecPauseToEdPauseRvs Rec search RVS start - - - -
0B6CC8 MechaRReviewRvsLoop Changeover to Rec REW - - - - - -
0B6D00 MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs Rec REW (RVS) start - - - - -
0B6E78 MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0012 Rec search RVS (RVS) - - CEh - -
0B6F3E MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0015 Changeover to Rec search RVS (RVS) end - 8Dh - -
0B7174 MechaRReviewFwdLoop Changeover to REC REW - - - - - -
0B71AC MechaRRRvsToRRFwd Changeover to REC REW - 8Dh - -
0B7512 MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0031 Changeover to REC REW - - - 8Dh -
0B7676 MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0035 Changeover to REC REW - - - 8Dh -
0B7AEE MechaEdSearchFwdLoop Rec search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0B7B54 MechaRecPauseToEdSearchFwd Rec search FWD start - - - -
0B7C9A MechaESFStillToEdSrchFwd Changeover : Rec search FWD → - - - -
Rec search FWD
0B7DCE MechaESRStillToESF Changeover : Rec search RVS → - - - -
Rec search FWD
0B8326 MechaEdSearchRvsLoop Rec search RVS - - 8Dh - -
0B838C MechaEPRToEdSearchRvs Rec search RVS start - CEh - -
0B8482 MechaESFStillToESR Changeover : Rec search FWD → - - - -
Rec search RVS
0B87DE MechaESFStillLoop Changeover to Rec search FWD end - - - - - -
0B8816 MechaEdSearchFwdToESFStill Changeover to Rec search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0B89C6 MechaESRStillLoop Changeover to Rec search RVS end - - - - - -
0B89FE MechaESRToESRStill Changeover to Rec search RVS end - - - - - -
0B8DF2 MechaRStillToPhotoSearchFwd Photo search FWD start - - - -
0B900A MechaPhotoSearchFwd0000 Photo search FWD start - - - -
0B90CA MechaPhotoSearchFwd0030 Photo search FWD start - - - -
0B91A2 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0070 Photo search FWD start - - - 8Dh -
0B91F6 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0090 Photo search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0B92A6 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0100 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0B93E6 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0110 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - -
0B95AC MechaPhotoSearchFwd0120 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B9618 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0130 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B96D4 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0570 Changeover to photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B9792 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0580 Photo search FWD end - - - - - -
0B992C MechaFStillToPhotoSearchRvs Changeover: Still → photo search RVS start - - - -
0B9B40 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0000 Photo search RVS start - - - -
0B9C0C MechaPhotoSearchRvs0030 Photo search RVS start - - - -
0B9C80 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0040 Photo search RVS start - - - - -
0B9D1C MechaPhotoSearchRvs0070 Photo search RVS start - - 8Dh - -
0B9D7C MechaPhotoSearchRvs0075 Photo search RVS start - - 8Dh - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-31
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0B9DDE MechaPhotoSearchRvs0080 Photo search RVS - - 8Dh - -
0B9E8C MechaPhotoSearchRvs0100 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0B9FF6 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0110 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - -
0BA2B4 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0120 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA320 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0130 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA404 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1080 Changeover to photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA4C2 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1090 Photo search RVS end - - - - - -
0BA5D8 MechaDsearchFwd1000 Date search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0BA6DE MechaDsearchFwd1010 Changeover to date search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BAA0A MechaDsearchFwd1020 Changeover to date search FWD end - - 8Dh -
0BAC96 MechaDsearchFwd1030 Changeover to date search FWD end - - - - -
0BAD56 MechaDsearchFwd1040 Changeover to date search FWD end - CEh - -
0BAF64 MechaDsearchFwd1050 Changeover to date search FWD end - 8Dh - -
0BB13A MechaDsearchFwd1065 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BB2F0 MechaDsearchFwd1080 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - - -
0BB59C MechaDsearchFwd1090 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - - - -
0BB65C MechaDsearchFwd1100 Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end - - - 8Dh -
0BB900 MechaDsearchFwd1200 Changeover to date search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BB992 MechaDsearchFwd1210 Changeover to date search RVS end - - - 8Dh -
0BBB9E MechaDsearchRvs1000 Date search FWD - - 8Dh - -
0BBD78 MechaATNFwd0010 ATN search FWD start - CEh
0BBFCC MechaATNFwd0020 ATN search FWD - - - 8Dh -
0BC1A8 MechaATNFwd0035 Changeover to ATN search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BC226 MechaATNFwd0040 Changeover to ATN search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BC336 MechaATNFwd0050 Changeover to ATN search FWD end - - - 8Dh -
0BC434 MechaATNFwd0060 ATN search FWD end - - - - - -
0BC4D4 MechaATNRvs0010 ATN search RVS start CEh -
0BC7A2 MechaATNRvs0020 ATN search RVS - - 8Dh - -
0BC948 MechaATNRvs0035 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BC9BC MechaATNRvs0040 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BCAD0 MechaATNRvs0050 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - 8Dh - -
0BCB80 MechaATNRvs0055 Changeover to ATN search RVS end - - - - -
0BCC3A MechaATNRvs0060 ATN search RVS end - - - - -
0BCD30 MechaAIPauseLoop Dubbing pause - - - - - -
0BCD68 MechaStillToAIPause Changeover: Still → Audio dubbing pause - CEh - -
0BD0F2 MechaStillToAIPause0010 Changeover: Still → Audio dubbing pause - - - - - -
0BD14A MechaAInsertToAIPause Changeover to audio dubbing end - CEh - -
0BD562 MechaAInsertToAIPause0010 Dubbing end - - - - -
0BD64E MechaAInsertLoop Dubbing - - - 8Dh -
0BD6C2 MechaAIPauseToAInsert Dubbing start - - - -
0BD80E MechaAVINSLoop AV insert - - - 8Dh -
0BD83C MechaRecPauseToAVINS AV insert start - - - - - -
0BD8F2 MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0010 Changeover to AV insert start - - - - - -
0BD960 MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0020 AV insert start - - - -
0BDAAC MechaRecPauseToAVIPause Changeover to AV insert pause - - - - - -
0BDAFA MechaAVIPauseLoop AV insert pause - - - - - -
0BDB32 MechaAVInsertToAVIPause AV insert end - - - - - -
0BDF94 ABSFwdSlw Forward frame feed - - - -
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS
3-32
Address Label SequenceMecha Error
Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW
0BE034 ABSRvsSlw Reverse frame feed - - - -
0BE0D4 TurnRvsToFwd Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - -
0BE342 TurnRvsToFwd0010 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - - -
0BE404 TurnRvsToFwd0020 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - - - -
0BE56E TurnRvsToFwd0030 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - 8Dh -
0BE5DE TurnRvsToFwd0040 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - - - -
0BE6AA TurnRvsToFwd0060 Changeover: Still RVS → Still FWS - - - -
0BE7B6 TurnFwdToRvs Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - -
0BEA1E TurnFwdToRvs0010 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - - -
0BEAE0 TurnFwdToRvs0020 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - - - -
0BEC4A TurnFwdToRvs0030 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - 8Dh - -
0BECBA TurnFwdToRvs0040 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - - - -
0BED86 TurnFwdToRvs0060 Changeover: Still FWS → Still RVS - - - -
0BEE92 RepeatFrameFwd Forward frame feed - - - -
0BEF74 RepeatFrameRvs Reverse frame feed - - - -
0BF786 MechaErrorStop Mechanical error recovery (error stop) - - - - -
0C16D4 MechaStillFwdToNewFSlow5 Changeover: Still → Slow FWD - - - -
0C174E MechaNewFSlow5Loop Slow FWD - - - 8Dh -
0C179C MechaNewFSlow5ToFStill Changeover: Slow FWD → Still - - - - - -
0C17E6 MechaStillRvsToNewRSlow5 Changeover: Still → Slow RVS - - - -
0C1862 MechaNewRSlow5Loop Slow RVS - - 8Dh - -
0C18B0 MechaNewRSlow5ToRStill Changeover: Slow RVS → Still - - - - - -
0C2572 MechaRecReady Changeover to Rec pause - - - - -
0C263E MechaRecReady0010 Changeover to Rec pause - - - - -
CHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
CONTENTS
1. Disassembling and Reassembling ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-11-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-11-2 Separation of Front Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-21-3 Separation of Accessory Shoe ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-31-4 Separation of Right Cover Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-41-5 Separation of Rear Cover Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-51-6 Separation of Jack P.C.B ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-61-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-71-8 Separation of Camera Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-81-9 Separation of Main and CAC P.C.B.'s ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-91-10 Separation of Recorder Holder ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-101-11 Separation of Front Cover Unit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-111-12 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-121-13 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-131-14 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-141-15 Separation of LCD Unit -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-151-16 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-161-17 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-171-18 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-181-19 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-191-20 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-201-21 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-211-22 Separation of CVF Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-221-23 Separation of Rear Cover Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-231-24 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-241-25 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-251-26 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-261-27 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-271-28 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-281-29 Disassembling of Lens Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-291-30 List of Screws Used ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-301-31 List of Disassembly Photos --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-31
2. Adjustment Procedures ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-332-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-332-2 AF Section Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-34
2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-342-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-35
2-3 IS Section Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-362-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-362-3-2 GYRO GAIN Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-362-3-3 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing ------------------------------------------------------------------------4-37
2-4 Camera Section Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-382-4-1 Iris Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-382-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-382-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-392-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-392-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-402-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing ------------------------------------------------------------------------4-40
2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-412-6 Color Balance Check ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-422-7 Recorder Section Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-43
2-7-1 Setting for Destination ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-432-7-2 Y LEVEL Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-442-7-3 C LEVEL Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-452-7-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-452-7-5 SWP Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-462-7-6 C. FG Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-462-7-7 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-462-7-8 Flash Memory Writing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-462-7-9 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-47
2-8 Tape Path Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-48
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-1
1. Disassembling and ReassemblingNotes :(1) When replacing the flat cable with a new one, allow it to remain folded the same as the original part.(2) The flat cable has a contact orientation to be engaged with the connector. Refer to the instructions in the disassembly procedure
diagram and interconnection diagram for boards. ⋅ Lateral engaging connector
(The instructions are given in the disassembly procedure diagram and board interconnection diagram.): Contacts are positioned downward. (board side)
∗ : Contacts are positioned upward. ⋅ Lengthwise engaging connector
(The instructions are given only in the boards interconnection diagram.)Indicated by →. Arrowheads indicate the contacts, and the shafts indicate the noncontacts.
(3) To secure screws, apply the Three Bond 1401B (CY9-8011-000)(4) If any part to be replaced has UL tape attached on it, be sure to reattach UL tape at the same position in reassembling.
1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart
(1) Find the replacement part on the chart, and disassemble it following the instruction on chart.(2) Reassembling can be made by reversing the disassembling procedures.
START : MAIN FLOW
: SUB FLOW
: MAIN UNIT1-2 Front Cover Unit 1-11 Mic Ass'y
1-21 LCD P.C.B.
1-20 Hinge Ass'y1-4 Right Cover Unit 1-15 LCD Unit
1-3 Accessory Shoe
1-5 Rear Cover Unit
1-12 Operetion Key Ass'y
1-13 Speaker Ass'y
1-13 EJECT P.C.B.
1-14 Cassette Arm Ass'y
1-16 CARD P.C.B.
1-17 R-KEY Back Light Ass'y
1-18 R-KEY P.C.B.
1-18 DSW2 P.C.B.
1-23 DC P.C.B.
1-10 Recorder Holder
1-10 DMC III
1-9 CAC P.C.B.
1-9 MAIN P.C.B.
1-28 CCD P.C.B.
1-29 Lens Unit
1-8 Recorder Unit
1-8 Camera Unit
1-6 JACK P.C.B.
1-8 Recorder, Camera Unit
1-7 Left Cover Unit
1-26 CVF P.C.B.1-22 CVF Unit
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-2
1-2 Separation of Front Unit
(1) Open the cassette cover, F Jack Cover and L Jack Cover and remove seven screws (b × 5, c × 1, d × 1).(2) Disconnect CN701 and detach the Front Cover Unit.(3) Remove the Cushion.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Attach the Cushion at the position shown in the figure. Run the MIC cable through the slit of the Cushion.
Fig. 4-1
(1) - b
Cassette Cover
Cushion
(1)(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(1) Note on Reassembling (1)
(1) - b
(1) - b
(1) - b
Front Cover Unit
F Jack Cover
L Jack Cover
Cushion
Take care to prevent the cushion from hanging over the boss.
Take care to prevent the cushion from being pushed out of this line to the right side.
Hold the cushion by IR-LED holder.
Run the MIC Cable through the slit of the Cushion.
CN701
CN701
(1) - c
(1) - d
3mmMetalM1.7
b
4mm
MetalM1.7
c
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-3
1-3 Separation of Accessory Shoe
(1) Remove four screws (a × 4) and detach the Accessory Shoe.
Fig. 4-2
Accessory Shoe
(1)
(1) - a
5mm
a
MetalM1.7
Flat Head Screw
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-4
1-4 Separation of Right Cover Unit
(1) Remove five screws (b × 3, c × 1, d × 1), disconnect CN990, CN1502 and CN4001 and detach the Right Cover Unit.(2) Draw out the Shaft and detach the Card Cover. (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Push the CN990 and CN1502 sufficiently so as to prevent them from being pinched in the part A.(2) Since the Shaft may come out easily, take care not to lose the Shaft. (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
Before using the Card Cover and Shaft supplied for repair service, remove their protection sheet and shaft-dropping preventivetape.
Fig. 4-3
Note on Reassembling (1)
(1) - b
(1) - b
(1) - d
(1)(1)
(1)(1)
CN1502
CN990
CN4001
Right Cover Unit
back of the Right Cover UnitA
(1) - b
Shaft
Shaft remove
Card Cover
(2)
DM-MV650i EDM-MV630i Eonly
(1) - c
3mmMetalM1.7
b
4mm
MetalM1.7
c
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-5
1-5 Separation of Rear Cover Unit
(1) Remove three screws (d × 3), disconnect the CN1501, CN3201 and CN3202 and detach Rear Cover Unit.
Fig. 4-4
CN1501
CN3201
Rear Cover Unit
CN3202 (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1) - d4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-6
1-6 Separation of Jack P.C.B
(1) Remove two screws (b × 2), disconnect the CN5, CN2101 and CN6 and detach the Jack P.C.B.(2) Open the Cassette Cover and remove one screw (c × 1). Pull the part A to this side while lifting it, disengage the two claw parts B
and detach the C Lock Plate Unit.(3) Remove two screws (b × 2) and detach the Tripod Base, C Lock Plate and Support Plate.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) When reassembling the C Lock Plate Unit, insert the part C into the hole and reverse the disassembling procedures (2). Make sure
that the two Dowels are connected.
Fig. 4-5
3mmMetalM1.7
b
4mm
MetalM1.7
c
JACK P.C.B.
(2)
(1)(1)
(1)
(3)
(2)
CN2101
CN6
CN5
Tripod Base
Dowels B
Pull this part frontward.
Lift it.
C Lock Plate
C Lock Plate Unit
Support Plate(1) - b
(2) - c
(1) - b
(3) - b
Part A
Part C
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-7
1-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit
(1) Remove three screws (b × 3), disconnect the CN101 and detach the Left Cover Unit.
Fig. 4-6
Left Cover Unit
(1)(1)
(1) - b
(1) - b
CN101
3mmMetalM1.7
b
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-8
1-8 Separation of Camera Unit
(1) Remove two screws (b × 2), disconnect the CN891, CN1001 and CN1201 and detach the Camera Unit.Note : The CN891 connector should be disconnected in the DM-MV650i E only. In the DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E,
DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E, it is not required to disconnect the CN891 connector since the shoe connectorAss’y and its relevant flexible cable are not provided.
Fig. 4-7
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Camera Unit
CN891
(DM-MV650i E only)
CN1001
CN1201
(1) - b
(1) - b
3mmMetalM1.7
b
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-9
1-9 Separation of Main and CAC P.C.B.'s
(1) Remove one screw (b × 1), disconnect the CN1101 and CN1002 (B to B) and detach the CAC P.C.B.(2) Remove three screws (b × 3), disconnect the CN300, CN301, CN302, CN303, and CN2000 and detach the MAIN P.C.B.(3) Detach the soldered part on the PM Shield 1 and detach the HA Shield and PM Shield 1 and 2.
Fig. 4-8
CN301
HA Shield
MAIN P.C.B.
CAC P.C.B.
PMShield 2
PMShield 1
Solder
DMC III
CN303
CN1101(B to B)
CN302
(1)
(3)
(3)
(2)
CN2000
CN300
CN1002(B to B)
(1) - b
(2) - b
(2) - b
(2) - b
(2)
3mmMetalM1.7
b
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-10
1-10 Separation of Recorder Holder
(1) Remove three screws (e × 3) and detach the Recorder Holder, vibration isolating Rubber and Spring.Note : When placing the DMC III mechanical unit with the recorder holder removed, be sure to orient the drum side
upward. Take care not to touch the tape running surface of the drum.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Before mounting the Recorder Holder, make sure that three vibration isolating Rubber parts have been attached properly.(2) When using the vibration isolating Rubber parts supplied for repair service, apply HANAL KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) to the entire
surface of each vibration isolating Rubber part.(3) Attach the Spring as illustrated below.(4) Attach UL Tape as illustrated below to secure the Flexible Cable.
Fig. 4-9
Note on Reassembling (3)CAUTION Note on Reassembling (4)
(1)
Rubber
Recorder Holder
DMC III
(1) - e
(1) - e
Rubber
RubberSpring
UL Tape (9 × 15)Be sure to place the unit with its drum facing upward.
Spring
3.4mm
e
MetalM1.4
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-11
1-11 Separation of Front Cover Unit
(1) Remove three screws (d × 3) and detach the Lens Cover, L Jack Cover and F Jack Cover.(2) Remove two screws (d × 2) and detach the Microphone Cover, Rubber, Microphone Ass'y and Microphone Shield.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Treat the Microphone Ass'y Cable as illustrated below.
Fig. 4-10
Note on Reassembling (1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)Lens Cover
MIC Shield
F Jack Cover
L Jack Cover
Front Cover Unit
MIC Holder
MIC Ass'y
RubberBlack/White
Black/Red
Take care to make the four cables come out of the front cover in line so as to prevent them from crossing each other.
Black/Red Black/White
(1) - d(2) - d
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-12
1-12 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 1
(1) Remove four screws (d × 4) and detach the Operation Key Ass'y.(2) Remove the Shaft and detach the Hand Strap.(3) Remove one screw (d × 1) and detach the Change Plate and Change Knob. (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Attach the Change Knob, Change Plate and Operation Key Ass'y Change SW as illustrated below.
(Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
<Instruction for Supplies>Change Plate part on Left Cover : HANAL FL-778 (DY9-3026-000) (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
Fig. 4-11
Note on Reassembling (1)(DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E only)
Instruction for Supplies(DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
(2)
(1)
Change Plate
Change Knob
Hand Strap
Shaft
Operation Key Ass'y
Change Plate
Change Knob
Change SW
Hanal FL-778
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E only
(3) - d
(1) - d
(1) - d
(1) - d
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-13
1-13 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 2
(1) Remove two screws (f × 2) and detach the GND Plate, Cushion, Speaker Holder and Speaker Ass'y.(2) Remove one screw (i × 1) and detach the EJECT P.C.B.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Run the Speaker Ass’y cable under the GND Plate and secure it with the Cushion as illustrated below. Extend the cable to the
underside of the line on the Left Cover.
Fig. 4-12
Note on Reassembling (1)
4mm
BlackM1.7
(self tap)
f2.5mm
MetalM1.7
i
(1)
(2)
(1)Speaker Ass'y
Speaker Holder
GND Plate
EJECT P.C.B.
Cushion
Speaker
Align the cushion with the end of rib and the end of plate.
White Black
GND Plate
Extend the cable to the underside of the line.
(1) - f
(1) - f
(2) - i
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-14
1-14 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 3
(1) Remove four screws (i × 4) and detach the Cassette Cover while taking care of the two claw parts.(2) Remove three screws (f × 3) and detach the Cassette Arm Ass'y.(3) Detach the Open Knob.
Fig. 4-13
2.5mmMetalM1.7
i4mm
BlackM1.7
(self tap)
f
(1)
(3)
(2)
Left Cover
Cassette Cover
Cassette Arm Ass'y
Open Knob
Claw
Claw(2) - f
(2) - f
(2) - f
(1) - i
(1) - i
(1) - i
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-15
1-15 Separation of LCD Unit
(1) Disconnect the CN101.(2) Open and turn the LCD Unit, remove four screws (c × 2, d × 2) and detach the LCD Unit.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) For the DSW Cable, provide wiring arrangement as shown below.
Fig. 4-14
Note on Reassembling (1)
4mm
MetalM1.7
c
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
LCD Unit
(2)
(1)
(2)
CN101
CN101
Hook the cable over the both ends of the DSW2 P.C.B.
DSW Cable
(2) - c
(2) - d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-16
1-16 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 1
(1) Detach the Lithium Battery Cover.(2) Remove four screws (h × 4), disconnect the CN4002 and detach the Card P.C.B. and AP Knob.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Bend the Flexible cable and secure it with UL Tape as illustrated below. Hook the right edge of the CARD P.C.B. to the Claw part
A for mounting.(2) In remounting, engage the SW4004 knob on the CARD P.C.B. with the AP Knob.
Fig. 4-15
4mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
h
Note on Reassembling (1)
CARD P.C.B.
Claw A
(2)
(1)
CN4002
Claw A
SW4004
CARD P.C.B.
AP Knob
Lithium Battery Cover
(2)
(2)
(2) - h
(2) - h
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-17
1-17 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 2
(1) Remove the Cushion.(2) Remove two screws (g × 1, h × 1), disconnect the CN100 and detach the R-Key Backlight Ass'y and R-Key Backlight Holder.
(Only for DM-MV650i E)Note : List the R-Key Backlight Ass’y while pressing the part A of R-Key Backlight Holder outward, and slide the ass’y
to detach it while taking care not to damage the Flexible Cable.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Attach the Cushion at the position as illustrated below.
Fig. 4-16
Note on Reassembling (1)
Caution
R-KEY Back Light Holder
R-KEYBack Light Ass'y
R-KEYBack Light Ass'y
Cushion
Cushion
Part ADSW2 P.C.B.
Align the cushion with the step difference surface.
Align the cushion with the rib surface.
DM-MV650i E only
CN100
FPC
Shorter cushion for DM-MV630i E, MV600i E, MV600 E, MV590 E(Same affixing position)
(2)(2)
(1)
(2)
DM
-MV
650i
ED
M-M
V63
0i E
,600
i E,6
00 E
,590
E
(2) - g
MetalM1.7
2mm
g4mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
h
(2) - h
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-18
1-18 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 3
(1) Remove nine screws (d × 3, g × 4, j × 2) and the two soldered parts A and detach the R-Key P.C.B., DSW2 P.C.B., Holders 1 and2, GND Plates 1 and 2 and Card Cover Lock.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Treat the DSW2 P.C.B. cable as illustrated below. Hook the top of the DSW2 P.C.B. to the Claw part B for mounting.(2) Treat the R-Key P.C.B. flexible cable as illustrated below.
When using the part supplied for repair service, bend the flexible cable part A to 45°.(3) Attach UL Tape at the position indicated in the figure shown below. (Only for DM-MV650i E)
Fig. 4-17
Note on Reassembling (1)Note on Reassembling (2)
Note on Reassembling (3)(DM-MV650i E only)
R-KEYP.C.B.
UL Tape (5 × 10)
DSW2 P.C.B.
GND Plate 2
Holder 2
Holder 1
Attach UL Tape according to the profile of the Connector.
SolderedParts A
Card Cover Lock
Plate 1
Take care to prevent the cable from hanging over the boss part.
Flexible Cable part A
GND Plate 1
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1) - d (1) - d
(1) - d
(1) - j
(1) - j
(1) - g
(1) - g
(1) - g
Hold the flexible cable part A with the plate.
DM-MV650i EDM-MV630i Eonly
UL Tape(5 × 10)
DSW2P.C.B.
Claw B
Claw B
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
MetalM1.7
2mm
g
5.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
j
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-19
1-19 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 4
(1) Remove one screw (j × 1) and detach the LCD Lock Holder, LCD Lock, LCD Open Knob, LCD Lifter, and Spring 1and 2.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) With both ends of spring 2 engaged with the Hook, assemble the LCD Lock into the Right Cover Unit. Then, after mounting the
LCD Lock Holder, remove the part A from the Hook.Note : (1) If the part-A side is not removed from the Hook, the specified level of spring pressure is not provided at the
LCD Lock.(2) If the part is not unhooked after reassembling the LCD lock holder, the LCD lock could be detached from
the right cover unit.
Fig. 4-18
Note on Reassembling (1)
LCD Lock Holder
Spring 1
LCD Lifter
LCD Lock
Spring 2
Spring 2
Part A
LCD Open Knob
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1) - j
5.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
j
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-20
1-20 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 1
(1) Remove three screws (b × 3) and detach the LCD Top Cover.Note : When detaching the LCD Top Cover, be careful of the claw parts A and B inside the cover.
(2) Disconnect the CN901 and CN902 and detach the Hinge Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) When attaching the Hinge Ass'y, take care not to pinch the white cable of Backlight Ass'y.(2) Before attaching the LCD Top Cover, be sure to insert the claw part A.(3) Insert the CN901 and CN902 to their deepest positions securely, and check if there is no gap due to insufficient seating.
Fig. 4-19
Note on Reassembling (1)
3mmMetalM1.7
b
LCD Top Cover
Inside the LCD top cover
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
CN901
CN902
(1) - b
(1) - b
(1) - b
Claw A
Claw B
Take care not to pinch the cable.
Hinge Ass'y
Hinge Ass'y
CN901
CN902
Check that there is no gap due to unseating.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-21
1-21 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 2
(1) Detach the LCD Bottom Cover and Bottom Cover Sheet.(2) Detach the soldered parts A and B, disconnect the CN903, remove one screw (b × 1) and detach the LCD P.C.B.(3) Demount the LCD Ass'y from the Backlight Ass'y.
Note : The LCD Unit can be disassembled without detaching the Right Cover Unit.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Detach the Bottom Cover Sheet by sliding it between the LCD Bottom Cover and the LCD Holder. Take care to prevent the Bottom
Cover Sheet from hanging out of the LCD Bottom Cover.(2) Treat the Backlight Ass'y Cable as illustrated below. After performing soldering, secure the Cable with adhesive.
<Instruction for Supplies>Securing of Backlight Ass'y Cable : DIA BOND 1663G
Fig. 4-20
Note on Reassembling (1)
Note on Reassembling (2)Instruction for Supplies
CN903(2)(2)
(1)
(3)
(1)
LCD Ass'y
Back Light Ass'yLCD P.C.B.
Soldered Parts A
SolderedParts B
LCD Holder
Bottom Cover Sheet
Bottom Cover SheetLCD Bottom Cover
Soldered Parts A
Soldered Parts B
Diabond Diabond
(2) - b
3mmMetalM1.7
b
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-22
1-22 Separation of CVF Unit
(1) Remove UL Tape.(2) Remove six screws (o × 4, p × 2) and detach the CVF Unit.
Note : When drawing out the CVF-CAC FPC on the CVF Unit from the Rear Cover Unit, take care not to damage theCVF-CAC.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Attach the CVF-CAC FPC as illustrated below. Secure it with UL Tape.
Fig. 4-21
Note on Reassembling (1)
CVF Unit
Rear Cover Unit
(2)
Insert the CVF-CAC FPC into the grooves.
UL Tape(20 × 10)
Bend the CVF-CAC FPC.
UL Tape
(1)
3mmMetalM1.7
(Noji Rock)
o
4mm
MetalM1.7
(Noji Rock)
p
(2) - o
(2) - o
(2) - p
(2) - p
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-23
1-23 Separation of Rear Cover Unit
(1) Remove four screws (h × 4) and detach the Battery Terminal Ass'y and GND Plate.(2) Remove one screw (h × 1) and detach the DC P.C.B.(3) Detach the Battery Eject Lever and Sring.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Secure the cables of Battery Terminal Ass'y with the hooks as illustrated below.(2) When attaching the Battery Terminal Ass'y, screw the Red, Black, White and Gray cables in this order.
<Instruction for Supplies>Rear Cover, Spring : Apply HANAL FL-778. (DY9-3026-000)
Fig. 4-22
Note on Reassembling (1)
Instruction for Supplies
GND Plate
(1)
RedBlack
Battery TerminalAss'y
Rear Cover
(2)
(3)
White
Gray
Spring
Battery Eject Lever
(1) - h
(1) - h
(2) - h
Black
White
Gray
Red Secure the cables with the hooks.
Secure the cables with the hooks.
Hanal FL-778
Hanal FL-778
DC P.C.B.
4mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
h
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-24
1-24 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 1
(1) Detach the Dust Cover, remove two screws (b × 2) and detach the CVF Bottom Cover.(2) Remove one screw (d × 1), disengage the holes on CVF-CAC FPC from the protruded parts A and draw out the finder while taking
care not to damage the CVF-CAC FPC.(3) Remove two screws (b × 2) and detach the CVF Hinge Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Engage the holes on CVF-CAC FPC and the protruded parts A as illustrated below.
Fig. 4-23
Note on Reassembling (1)
CVF Bottom Cover
(1)
(3)
(1)
FinderProtrudedParts A
(2)
Lift Up
Remove
Finder(2)
CVF-CACFPC
Protruded Parts A Hinge Ass'y
CVF Hinge Ass'y
CVF Top CoverDust Cover
(2) - d
(3) - b
(1) - b
CVF-CAC FPC
3mmMetalM1.7
b
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-25
1-25 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 2
(1) Remove two screws (d × 2) and detach the Eyepiece, CVF Lens Holder, CVF Knob, Rubber and Lens Holder.(2) Detach the two claw parts A and detach the Lens.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) When attaching the Lens into the Lens Holder, take care to orient the lens correctly.(2) When attaching the CVF Knob, attach the Lens Holder Boss as illustrated below. Be sure to attach the rubber part.
<Instruction for Supplies>Lens Holder contacting surface : HANAL KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)Rubber Top surface : HANAL KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)
Fig. 4-24
Note on Reassembling (1)
Note on Reassembling (2)Instruction for Supplies
Claw A
(1) (1)
Lens Holder contacting surface
Hanal KS-39M
Hanal KS-39M
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1) - d(1) - dCVF Lens Holder
Rubber
CVF Knob
Lens Holder
Lens
Eyepiece
Rubber top surface
Rubber
Lens KnobBoss
Lens Holder
CVFInner Cover
Lens Holder Lens
CVF Inner Cover
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-26
1-26 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 3
(1) Disconnect the CN4101 and detach the CVF-CAC FPC.(2) Detach the three claw parts A and detach the components from the CVF P.C.B. to the Mask Plate.(3) Detach the two claw parts B, disconnect the CN4102 and separate the CVF P.C.B., reflector and LCD Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Treat the LCD Ass'y flexible cable by inserting it into the CVF Inner Cover as illustrated below.(2) Before using the CVF-CAC FPC supplied for repair service, securely fold it at the position illustrated below.
Fig. 4-25
Note on Reassembling (1)
Note on Reassembling (2)
CVF-CAC FPC
TOCN4101
DH2-5022-000
mk OR 1 03
CVF Inner Cover
Claw A
Claw B
Mask Plate
LCD Ass'y
Cushion
Diffuser
Reflector
CVF-CAC FPC
CVFP.C.B.
(3)CN4102
CN4101
(1)
(2)
Folding in a crest formFolding in a trough form
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-27
1-27 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 1
(1) Remove one screw (k × 1) and detach the Accessory Shoe.Note : Lift the hooked parts of the two Dowels diagonally and detach the Shoe Base backward.
(2) Remove three screws (l × 3) and detach the Lens Holder, vibration isolating Rubber and Shield.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) When using the vibration isolating Rubber parts supplied for repair service, apply HANAL FL-778 (DY9-3026-000) to the entire
surface of each vibration isolating Rubber part.(2) Attach Shield at the position indicated in the figure shown below.
Fig. 4-26
Caution
Rubber
AAS FPC(DM-MV650i E only)
Shoe Base
(1)
(1) - k
Rubber
Rubber
(2)
Shield
Lens Holder
Shield
Attach the shield so that the cutout of the shield is aligned with the hole on the lens holder. (Protrusion to the hole is not allowed.)
Lens Holder
Shoe Spacer(DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i EDM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E)
Shoe Connector Ass'y(DM-MV650i E)
Lift Up
Dowel
Dowel
Note on Reassembling (2)
(2) - l
(2) - l
3.8mm
k
MetalM1.7
Steped Screw
l4.5mm
BlackM1.7
Steped Screw
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-28
1-28 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 2
(1) Remove two screws (m × 2) and detach the CCD P.C.B., CCD Ass'y, Rubber part and Low-Pass Filter.(2) Detach the soldered part A and detach the CCD P.C.B. and CCD Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>(1) Before attaching the CCD P.C.B., secure the P.C.B. with screws (m × 2) and perform soldering of the CCD Ass'y and CCD P.C.B.
Fig. 4-27
6mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
m
(1) - m
(1)(2)
CCD P.C.B.
CCD Ass'y
Rubber
Low-Pass Filter
CCD
Lens
Low-Pass Filter CCD P.C.B.
(2)
AFace thick side toward Lens side
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-29
1-29 Disassembling of Lens Unit
(1) Remove the Lens Rubber part and three screws (m × 3). Demount the Front Lens Ass'y.(2) Remove six screws (d × 4, n × 2) and solder (α). Demount the PZ Motor, AF Motor, IG Meter Ass'y, PZ Shaft, and AF Shaft.
<Instruction for Supply>On the AF/PZ Shaft and Guide Bar : LOGENEST LAMBDA A-74 (CY9-8102-000)
Fig. 4-28
4.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
d
6mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
m3.5mm
MetalM1.7
(self tap)
n
Instruction for Supply
PZ Shaft
PZ Shaft
AF Shaft
AF Shaft
PZ Motor
IG Meter Ass'y
AF Motor
Gide Bar
Front Lens Ass'y
LOGENEST LAMBDAA-74
Lens Rubber
Gide Bar
Guide Bar × 2
(1)
(2) - α
(2) - α
(2) - α
(2)
(2)
(2) - d
(2) - d
(2) - n
(1) - m
(1) - m
(1) - m
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-30
PARTS NO. REMARKS ILLUSTS
YM
BO
LPARTS NO. REMARKS ILLUST
SY
MB
OL
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
XA4-9170-557Self Tap
M1.7-5.5mm (Metal)XA1-7170-307 M1.7-3.0mm (Metal)
XA1-7170-207
XA4-9170-407
M1.7-2.0mm (Metal)
XA1-7170-407 M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)
XA1-7170-257 M1.7-2.5mm (Metal)XA1-3170-507Flat Head Screw
M1.7-5.0mm (Metal)
XA9-1167-000Stepped Screw
M1.4-3.4mm (Metal)
XA4-9170-457Self Tap
M1.7-4.5mm (Metal)
XA4-9170-357Self Tap
M1.7-3.5mm (Metal)
XA9-1349-000Stepped Screw
M1.7-3.8mm (Metal)
XA9-1294-000Stepped Screw
M1.7-4.5mm (Black)
XA4-9170-607Self Tap
M1.7-6.0mm (Metal)
XA4-9170-409Self Tap
M1.7-4.0mm (Black)
Self Tap
M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)
XA9-1481-000
XA9-1482-000
Noji Rock Screw
M1.7-3.0mm (Metal)
Noji Rock Screw
M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)
4.5mm
3mm
2.5mm
6mm
4mm
3.4mm
2mm
3.5mm4mm
4.5mm
5mm
3.8mm
5.5mm
4mm
3mm
4mm
1-30 List of Screws Used
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-31
1-31 List of Disassembly Photos
Recorder/Camera Unit
Camera Unit-2
Right Side
Camera Unit-1
Front Cover Unit
Front Side
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-32
Rear Cover Unit
Right Cover UnitLeft Cover Unit
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-33
2. Adjustment Procedures
2-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement
After replacement of major parts, carry out adjustment referring to the table shown below. Note that the following table shows minimumrequired adjustments to be performed after replacing any major part. In case that two or more parts have been replaced or any faultycondition has occurred, take a proper adjustment procedure accordingly.
: Adjustment required
Camera system
Part nameNo. Adjustment item
Lens JACKPCB CCD MAIN
PCBCACPCB
Adjustment setting
2-2 AF section
2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment Product condition
2-2-2 Cam correction (AUTO) Product condition
2-3 IS section
2-3-1 Gyro Offset Adjustment Product condition
2-3-2 Gyro Gain Adjustment Product condition
2-3-3 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing Product condition
2-4 Camera section
2-4-1 Iris Adjustment Product condition
2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) Product condition
2-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment Product condition
2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) Product condition
2-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) Product condition
2-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing Product condition
2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation Product condition
2-6 Color Balance Check Product condition
Recorder system
Part nameNo. Adjustment item MAIN
PCBCACPCB
DMCIII
Adjustment setting
2-7 Recorder section
2-7-1 Setting for Destination Product condition
2-7-2, 2-7-3 Y LEVEL / C LEVEL Adjustment Product condition
2-7-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment Product condition
2-7-5 SWP Adjustment Product condition
2-7-6 C. FG Adjustment Product condition
2-7-7 Automatiac Adjustment of Reel FG
2-7-8 Flash Memory Writing
2-7-9 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment Product condition
DMC III
2-8 Tape Path Adjustment Tape path adjustment setting
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-34
2-2 AF Section Adjustment
Note)
(1) The sections 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be executed consecutively. If they areperformed independently, the sufficient performance cannot be obtained.Also, when section 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment is completed, execute section 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must beexecuted immediately without elapse of time. If execute section 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) is executed after elapse of timeupon completion of section 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment, the sufficient performance cannot be obtained.
(2) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
Preparation)
(1) For CZ automatic adjustment/cam correction, set the product condition.(2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)
Tape/Card : TapeProgram AE : Auto ModeZOOM : Telephoto-endCZ adjustment chart : 2.4 ± 0.02 m from lens frontChart luminance : 500 lux or more (High illuminance should be avoided at the wide-angle end.)
2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment
CHART CZ adjustment chart
SPEC. At STEP 3, DT : AA should be attained. Execution of STEP 4.
Procedure)
(1) In the telephoto-end setting, bring the center of chart image to the center of monitor TV.(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out CZ automatic adjustment in the service mode.(3) Perform the cam correction.STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation
CZ CS Function MD ADDR DT1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 00 ST 465F 90
2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Move to adjustment mode. (press the PAUSE button.)
2 2) Perform storing. 2 08 ST 3100 00 (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is started. Then, it is
completed in 30 seconds approximately. If any NGcondition is encountered in automatic adjustment,check the parts inside the lens section.
3 Judgment on result of adjustment 2 08 RD 3100 *AA Adjustment is completed (result is OK).Perform the cam correction.
↑ ↑ RD ↑ *FF Adjustment is completed (result is NG).Take the procedure again from the beginning.
4 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0081 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Execution of flash memory updating. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-35
2-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO)
CHART CZ adjustment chart
SPEC. Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) Quit the service mode, and turn power OFF/ON.(2) Perform the cam correction by following the table below.(3) Quit the service mode, turn power off/on, and then check that proper focusing can be attained in normal zooming operation (AF
OFF).(4) If the result is NG, perform 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO).
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationCAM CORRECTION CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3101 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *01 (press the PAUSE button.)
2
3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3202 00
↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *02 Correction value measurement. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT:02.
4 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3104 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *04 Correction value calculation. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT:04.
5 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3105 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *AA Completion of correction value writing. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT:AA.
6 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0081 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Execution of flash memory updating. (press the PAUSE button.)
Cancel the service mode, and set the zoom position to the telephoto end. After focus movement is stopped, turn OFF the AF function.
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-36
2-3 IS Section Adjustment
Note)
(1) Perform the IS adjustment after machine is re-assembled to a product status.(2) Prepare a tripod or stable work bench.(3) Each of the adjustment data (2-3-1 and 2) becomes valid when 2-3-3 data writing is made. After completion of each adjustment, be
sure to carry out 2-3-3 before turning power OFF.(4) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment
SPEC. Automatic adjusutment
Procedure)
(1) Wait at least 10 seconds while being careful not to apply vibration to the camera.(2) Referring to the table shown below, perform the automatic adjustment.
Note)
It will take approx. 25 seconds at maximum to complete adjustment (OK) after storing (pressing the pause button).
2-3-2 GYRO GAIN Adjustment
SPEC. Data Writing
Procedure)
(1) Reset the data to be the original, referring to the table shown below.
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation GYRO OFFSET CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 320D 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *02 Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT:02, NG with DT:03
MONITOR
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation GYRO GAIN CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 Gyro YAW gain adjustment1-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3200 91
2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
2 Gyro PITCH gain adjustment2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3201 75
2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-37
2-3-3 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing
SPEC. Automatic writing
Procedure)
(1) According to the table shown below, write adjustment data (2-3-1 and 2) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory.
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation EEPROM & FLASH WRITING CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 320F 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *02 Completion of virtual EEPROM writing. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT:02, NG with DT:03
2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0081 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Execution of flash memory updating. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-38
2-4 Camera Section Adjustment
Notes)
(1) Each adjustment data (2-4-1 to 2-4-5) becomes effective after it is written into the DATA as mentioned in 2-4-6. If power must beturned OFF/ON during each adjustment, be sure to perform the DATA write procedure as mentioned in 2-4-6.
(2) The adjustments from 2-4-2 through 2-4-5 must be carried out in series.(3) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
Preparation)
(1) For camera section adjustment, take the product condition.(2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)
Tape/Card : TapeProgram AE : Auto ModeAF : OFFImage stabilizer : OFFChart : Standard angle of view (Set the angle after setting the high address.)
2-4-1 Iris Adjustment
CHART Light box (5600°K)
SPEC. Automatic adjustment.
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, adjust the Iris.
2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1)
CHART Light box (5600°K)
SPEC. Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (1).
Note) In this adjustment, color balance gain data is set to FF. Be sure to carry out color balance adjustment de-scribed in 2-4-3.
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation IRIS CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3000 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *↑ Adjustment is completed.
Completion with DT:00 (In addition, NG)
MONITOR
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation WB (1) CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3002 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *05 Adjustment is completed.
Completion with DT:05 (In addition, NG)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-39
2-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment
CHART Lightbox (5600°K), and color bar chart (white area at the left side)
M.EQ. Vectorscope
TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT
SPEC. FR 1st microcomputer only R : × 1.7 (ratio to burst) 90°, Ye : × 1.0 (ratio to burst) 202°
FR 2nd microcomputer and subsequent R : × 2.0 (ratio to burst) 90°, Ye : × 1.0 (ratio to burst) 180°
* For the FR 1st computer, the camera program version indication (CA) is “C200”.
* For the FR 2nd computer and subsequent, the camera program version indication (CA) is “1220”.
Procedure)
(1) For manual adjustment of color balance, change data at the following four addresses while observing a vectorscope.
2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2)
CHART Light box (5600°K), and CCA12 filter
SPEC. Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (2).
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation CB (MANUAL) CS Function MD ADDR DT
R-Y GAIN 1) In the setting shown at right, adjust relevant data. 2 08 ST 3007 "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress.2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
B-Y GAIN 1) Make the setting shown at right. ↑ ↑ ST 3008 "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress.2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
R-Y MAT 1) Make the setting shown at right. ↑ ↑ ST 3009 "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress.2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
B-Y MAT 1) Make the setting shown at right. ↑ ↑ ST 300A "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress.2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation WB (2) CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3004 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *05 Adjustment is completed.
Completion with DT:05 (In addition, NG)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-40
2-4-5 WB Adjustment (3)
CHART Light box (5600°K)
SPEC. Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (3).
2-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing
SPEC. Automatic writing
Procedure)
(1) According to the table shown below, write adjustment data (2-4-1 to 2-4-5) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory.
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation WB (3) CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3005 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *↑ Adjustment is completed.
Completion with DT:00 (In addition, NG)
MONITOR
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation EEPROM & FLASH WRITING CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3006 002) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *02 Completion of virtual EEPROM writing. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT:02, NG with DT:03
2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0081 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Execution of flash memory updating. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-41
2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation
Notes)
(1) Perform this adjustment only if a void pixel is found on the CCD.(2) Before starting this adjustment, turn power on for 30 minutes.(3) In this adjustment, NG is indicated if there are two or more pixel defects at the center of the screen or if there are eight or more pixel
defects on the entire screen.(4) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
Preparation)
(1) Carry out this correction in the product state.(2) Adjustment Conditions
Program AE : AUTOAF : OFFImage stabilizer : OFFDemo mode : OFF
Procedure)
(1) Perform the CCD void pixel correction (automatic mode) according to the table shown below.STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation
CS Function MD ADDR DT1 CCD void pixel correction1-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 300D 00
2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *-- Adjustment is completed.
Completion with DT:00 to 0C, NG with DT:8*2 Virtual EEPROM writing2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 300E 00
2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ *02 Completion of virtual EEPROM writing. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT:02, NG with DT:03
3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0081 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Execution of flash memory updating. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-42
2-6 Color Balance Check
Preparation)
(1) Carry out this correction in the product state.(2) Adjustment Conditions
Program AE : AUTOAF : OFFImage stabilizer : OFFDemo mode : OFF
CHART Lightbox (5600°K), and color bar chart
M.EQ. Vectorscope
TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT
SPEC. R : × 2.2 101° (± 0.15 ±5°), Ye : × 1.1 173° (± 0.15 ±5°), G : 265° (±5°)
Procedure)
(1) Quit the service mode, and turn power OFF/ON.(2) Perform light-box recording, and carry out WB SET using the relevant function of the product.(3) Take an image of the color bar chart, and check that the levels of R, Ye and G are within the specified ranges respectively.(4) If the result of the above check is NG, carry out camera section adjustment again.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-43
2-7 Recorder Section Adjustment
Note)
(1) Each of the adjustment data (2-7-2 to 2-7-7) becomes valid when 2-7-8 flash memory writing is made. When turning power ON/OFF during each adjustment, be sure to carry out 2-7-8 flash memory writing.
Preparation)
(1) Except for the tape-path adjustment, carry out adjustment in the product state.
2-7-1 Setting for Destination
SPEC. Automatic writing
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out the setting for destination market place.
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 1 10 ST 0064 F1 All Model2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Data writing (press the PAUSE button.)
2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 1 10 ST 0069 00 DM-MV650i E
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 01 DM-MV630i E
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 02 DM-MV600i E / DM-MV600 E / DM-MV590 E2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Data writing (press the PAUSE button.)
3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 1 10 ST 0071 00 DM-MV650i E / DM-MV630i E
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 01 DM-MV600i E / DM-MV600 E / DM-MV590 E2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Data writing (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-44
2-7-2 Y LEVEL Adjustment
TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT
M. EQ. Oscilloscope
SPEC. 980 ± 20 [mV]
Procedure)
(1) Select the card VTR mode.(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out Y level adjustment.
Repeat steps 2) to 4) so that the level range shown at the rightwill be attained.* If the tape mode is selected, a delay may occur in re-
sponse.
Fig. 4-29
980 ± 20mV
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationY LEVEL CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 10 ST 000D ADJ White raster is output.2) Change data properly. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ "ADJ"3) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Adjustment data reflected (press the PAUSE button.)4) Make the setting shown at right. ↑ ↑ ST ↑ ↑ Check level. 5) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-45
2-7-3 C LEVEL Adjustment
TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT
M. EQ. Oscilloscope
SPEC. 700 ± 20 [mV]
Procedure)
(1) Select the card VTR mode.(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out C level adjustment.
Repeat steps 2) to 4) so that the level range shown at the rightwill be attained.* If the tape mode is selected, a delay may occur in re-
sponse.
2-7-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment
SIGNAL COLOR BAR
MODE E-E (ANALOG LINE IN)
SPEC. Automatic writing
Procedure)
(1) Input a color bar signal to the analog line circuit from the pattern generator.(2) Carry out AGC initial value adjustment according to the table shown below.
Fig.4-30
700 ± 20mV
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation AGC INITIAL CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0004 --2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is completed.
MONITOR
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationC LEVEL CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 10 ST 000E ADJ Green raster is output.2) For adjustment, change data properly. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ "ADJ"3) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Adjustment data reflected (press the PAUSE button.)4) Make the setting shown at right. ↑ ↑ ST ↑ ↑ Check level. 5) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-46
2-7-5 SWP Adjustment
MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1381-000)
SPEC. Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out SWP automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.
2-7-6 C. FG Adjustment
MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1381-000)
SPEC. Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out C.FG automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.
2-7-7 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG
MODE Stop without VTR cassette
Procedure)
(1) Carry out reel FG adjustment according to the following table.
2-7-8 Flash Memory Writing
SPEC. Memory data writing
Procedure)
(1) Write adjustment data (2-7-1 to 7) into the flash memory according the table shown below.
STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operationSWP (AUTO) CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0001 --2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is completed.
STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operationC.FG(AUTO) CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0003 --2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is completed.
STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operationCS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0007 --2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is in progress. (press the PAUSE button.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Automatic adjustment is completed.
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0081 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Execution of flash memory updating. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-47
2-7-9 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment
MODE During camera recording in product condition (AF : OFF, LCD PANEL : ON)
SPEC. Power supply voltage: 5.85 ± 0.02 [V]
Note)
(1) Perform the adjustment after 4sec of recording start.
Procedure)
(1) Under the above condition, set a power supply voltage to 5.85 ± 0.02[V].(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out battery voltage drop adjustment.
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationBATTERY VOLTAGE DROP CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 1 08 ST --2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ Adjustment is completed. (press the PAUSE button.)
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-48
2-8 Tape Path Adjustment
Note)
(1) For tape path adjustment, the service mode setting is necessary. For the details of setting procedure, refer to the DMC III Section.
Preparation)
(1) For tape path adjustment, make the recorder adjustment setting (P. 3-2, 3).
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table given below (STEPS 1, 2, 3), play back the tracking master (DY9-1345-000) for tape path adjustment.At STEP 2, perform tracking shift by adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF so that the RF envelope will be 70%.
(2) After adjustment, restore tracking shift setting to normal according to the following table (STEPS 4 : P.OFF).
STEP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operationTRACKING TAPE CS Function MD ADDR DT
1 1) Play back the tracking tape.2 1) Set up tracking shift .2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 00 ST 9FE7 F2
2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button.)3) Perform 70% tracking shift by ↑ ↑ ST ↑ F0~FF The amount of tracking shift is changed. adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF.4) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button.)* DT00 in tracking shift released
3 1) Perform tape path adjustment with the RF envelope in 70% tracking shift state.4 1) Select the normal mode.
2) Turn off power to the main unit.
MONITOR
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-49
R-Y
BURST
B-Y
Ye
PAL
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i EDM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 EDM-MV590 E
R
R-Y
BURST
B-Y
PAL
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i EDM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 EDM-MV590 E
R
Ye
Copy the chart on a transparent film. Trim and attach the transparent chart on a vectorscope display.
Color balance adjustment chartFR 1st MI-COM only
FR 2nd microcomputer and subsequent
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
4-50
Copy the chart on a transparent film. Trim and attach the transparent chart on a vectorscope display.
R-Y
BURST
B-Y
Color balance adjustment chart
Ye
PAL DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i EDM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 EDM-MV590 E
R
CHAPTER 5. PARTS LIST
CONTENTS
EXPLODED VIEWSCasing Parts Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-2Front Cover Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-4Left Cover Unit Section-1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-6Left Cover Unit Section-2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-8Right Cover Unit Section-1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-10Right Cover Unit Section-2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-12LCD Unit Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-14Rear Cover Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-16CVF Unit Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-18Recorder Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-20Camera Unit Section ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-22Lens Unit Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-24Mechanical Chassis Section-1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-26Mechanical Chassis Section-2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-28Mechanical Chassis Section-3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-30Mechanical Chassis Section-4 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-32Accessory Section-1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-34Accessory Section-2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-36
FUSE Replacement Instruction ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-38ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-39PARTS LIST -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-40
5-1
1. Especially critical parts in the power circuit block should not be replaced with other marks.Critical parts are marked with in this electrical parts list.
CAUTION
5-2
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Casing Parts Section
1×2
1×3
7
1 6
1
1
5
1×2
2×4
1
1
3 5×3
1
8
LEFT COVERUNIT
REAR COVERUNIT
FRONT COVERUNIT
RIGHT COVERUNIT
CAMERA/LENS/RECORDERUNIT
6
5
4
5-3
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 XA1-7170-307 000 F 13 SCREW2 XA1-3170-507 000 F 4 SCREW3 DA2-0436-000 000 B 1 SHOE, ACCESSORY4 D52-0220-000 000 B 1 CAP, LENS NEW5 XA4-9170-457 000 F 5 SCREW
6 XA1-7170-407 000 F 2 SCREW7 DA3-0299-000 000 C 1 CUSHION NEW8 DY1-8532-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, JACK DM-MV650i E NEW
DY1-8534-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, JACK DM-MV630i E NEWDY1-8535-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, JACK DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
5-4
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Front Cover Unit Section
4
1 2
6
7
8
3×2
5
3×3
5-5
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DA3-0274-000 000 B 1 COVER, L JACK DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEWDA3-0281-000 000 B 1 COVER, L JACK DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E2 DY1-8537-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, FRONT DM-MV650i E NEW
DY1-8538-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, FRONT DM-MV630i E NEW
DY1-8539-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, FRONT DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
3 XA4-9170-457 000 F 5 SCREW4 DY1-8504-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y DM-MV650i E NEW
DY1-8516-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y DM-MV630i E NEW
DY1-8521-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
5 DY1-8503-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV650i E NEWDY1-8515-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV630i E NEWDY1-8520-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV600i E,MV600 E NEW
DY1-8540-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV590 E NEW6 DA3-0267-000 000 C 1 SHIELD, MIC NEW7 DF1-5033-000 000 C 1 MIC ASS’Y NEW8 DA3-0265-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, MIC NEW
5-6
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Left Cover Unit Section-1
23
1*1
7
8
13
12
10
9
5
6
4
3×2
11×2*1 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E
ONLY
3×2*1
5-7
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DA3-0236-000 000 B 1 KNOB, CHANGE DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW2 DA3-0249-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CHANGE DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW3 XA4-9170-457 000 F 5(4) SCREW *( )DM-MV600i E,
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E4 DG3-0055-000 000 B 1 OPERATION KEY ASS’Y DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW
DG3-0056-000 000 B 1 OPERATION KEY ASS’Y DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
5 XA4-9170-409 000 F 1 SCREW6 WR1-5083-000 000 C 1 SPEAKER7 DA3-0330-000 000 C 1 CUSHION NEW
8 DA3-0248-000 000 C 1 PLATE, C SUPPORT NEW9 DA3-0234-000 000 C 1 PLATE, C LOCK NEW
10 DA3-0186-000 000 C 1 BASE, TRIPOD NEW11 XA1-7170-307 000 F 2 SCREW12 XA4-7170-407 000 F 1 SCREW
13 DA3-0235-000 000 B 1 KNOB, CASSETTE OPEN NEW
5-8
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Left Cover Unit Section-2
7×3
2×2
2×2
8
2
5
7
6
9
1
3
4
A
A
5-9
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DA3-0240-000 000 C 1 STRAP, HAND NEW2 XA1-7170-257 000 F 5 SCREW3 DA3-0226-000 000 B 1 COVER, CASSETTE NEW4 DA3-0225-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT DM-MV650i E NEW
DA3-0294-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT DM-MV630i E NEW
DA3-0296-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
5 DA3-0239-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, GRIP BELT NEW6 DF1-5005-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE ARM ASS’Y NEW7 XA4-9170-409 000 F 4 SCREW
8 DY1-8502-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, EJECT NEW9 DA3-0290-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV650i E NEW
DA3-0291-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV630i E NEWDA3-0292-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV600i E NEWDA3-0293-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV600 E NEW
DA3-0335-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV590 E NEW
5-10
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Right Cover Unit Section-11
2
3
5×2
6×2
4
*1 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E ONLY
*1
RIGHT COVERUNIT
LCD UNIT
5-11
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DA2-1650-000 000 C 1 CUSHION DM-MV650i E,MV630i EDA3-0332-000 000 C 1 CUSHION DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E2 DA3-0185-000 000 B 1 COVER, LI BATT NEW3 DA3-0180-000 000 B 1 COVER, CARD DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW
4 DA3-0182-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, CARD COVER DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW5 XA1-7170-407 000 F 2 SCREW6 XA4-9170-457 000 F 2 SCREW
5-12
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Right Cover Unit Section-2
*1 : DM-MV650i E ONLY*2 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E ONLY
1×2
2
18
5
5
5
14
6
3
4
2×2
17×4
16
15
17
11
12
13
*1
*2
2×2
89
10
5-13
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 XA4-9170-557 000 F 3 SCREW2 XA1-7170-207 000 F 5(4) SCREW *( )DM-MV630i,MV600i E,
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E3 DA3-0181-000 000 C 1 LOCK, CARD COVER DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW4 DY1-8533-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, R-KEY DM-MV650i E NEW
DY1-8536-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, R-KEY DM-MV630i E, NEWDM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
5 XA4-9170-457 000 F 3 SCREW6 DG3-0058-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y, R KEY DM-MV650i E NEW
7 DA3-0176-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LCD LOCK NEW8 DA3-0193-000 000 C 1 SPRING, LCD LIFT NEW9 DA3-0179-000 000 B 1 LIFTER, LCD NEW
10 DA3-0192-000 000 C 1 SPRING, LCD LOCK NEW11 DA3-0175-000 000 C 1 LOCK, LCD NEW
12 DY1-8505-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, RIGHT DM-MV650i E NEWDY1-8517-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, RIGHT DM-MV630i E NEWDY1-8522-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, RIGHT DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E13 DA3-0178-000 000 B 1 KNOB, LCD OPEN NEW
14 DG3-0042-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, D SW2 NEW15 DA3-0191-000 000 B 1 KNOB, A-P NEW16 DG3-0037-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CARD DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW
DG3-0049-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CARD DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
17 XA4-9170-407 000 F 4 SCREW18 XA4-7170-407 000 F 1 SCREW DM-MV650i E
5-14
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
LCD Unit Section
1×3
2 1
3
4
5
10×2
6
7
9
8
5-15
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 XA1-7170-307 000 F 4 SCREW2 DA3-0283-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV650i E NEW
DA3-0285-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV630i E NEWDA3-0288-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV600i E NEWDA3-0289-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV600 E NEW
DA3-0334-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV590 E NEW3 DG3-0039-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LCD NEW4 DG1-4135-000 000 C 1 BACK LIGHT ASS’Y, LCD
*1 5 WG2-5210-000 000 B 1 LCD ASS’Y*2 DY1-8333-000 000 B 1 LCD ASS’Y
6 DA3-0261-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LCD NEW7 DA3-0264-000 000 C 1 SHEET, BOTTOM COVER NEW8 DY1-8507-000 000 B 1 HINGE ASS’Y NEW9 DA3-0262-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD BOTTOM NEW
10 DA2-0399-000 000 C 2 SHEET, LCD
*1 : Same quality as the production line.
*2 : Free from the pixel dot.
5-16
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Rear Cover Unit Section
7×4
1
1
3
5
8
6
8
42
CVF Unit
1×3
5-17
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 XA4-9170-407 000 F 5 SCREW2 DF1-5006-000 000 C 1 BATTERY TERMINAL ASS’Y NEW3 DA3-0250-000 000 B 1 COVER, REAR NEW4 DY1-8514-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, DC NEW5 DA3-0251-000 000 B 1 LEVER, BATTERY EJECT NEW
6 DA3-0256-000 000 C 1 SPRING NEW7 XA9-1481-000 000 F 4 SCREW NEW8 XA9-1482-000 000 F 2 SCREW NEW
5-18
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CVF Unit Section
1 2
6
7
89
1011
12
17
17×2
18
19
13
14
15
16
3
5
4×2
4×2
A
A
5-19
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DA3-0215-000 000 B 1 COVER, DUST DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEWDA3-0223-000 000 B 1 COVER, DUST DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E2 DA3-0206-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF TOP DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW
DA3-0221-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF TOP DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E3 DG3-0057-000 000 C 1 HINGE ASS’Y, CVF NEW4 XA1-7170-307 000 F 4 SCREW5 DA3-0207-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF BOTTOM DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW
DA3-0222-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF BOTTOM DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E6 DH2-5022-000 000 C 1 FPC, CVF-CAC NEW7 DG3-0038-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CVF NEW8 DA3-0218-000 000 C 1 REFLECTOR, CVF NEW9 DA3-0217-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, CVF PANEL NEW
10 DA3-0219-000 000 C 1 DIFFUSER, CVF NEW11 WG2-5241-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y, CVF12 DA3-0216-000 000 C 1 PLATE, MASK NEW13 DA3-0208-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF INNER NEW14 YN1-3111-000 000 C 1 LENS, EYEPIECE NEW
15 DA3-0211-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, CVF LENS NEW16 DA3-0212-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, EYE PIECE NEW17 XA4-9170-457 000 F 3 SCREW18 DA3-0210-000 000 C 1 KNOB, CVF NEW19 DA2-1840-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, CVF KNOB
5-20
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Recorder Unit Section
CAMERA/LENSUNIT
12×2
4×35
6×3
12×3
7
9
11
10
8
32
1
12
5-21
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DY1-8499-000 000 C 1 RECORDER UNIT, DMC III2 DA1-9903-000 000 C 1 LABEL, S CHASSIS3 DA3-0160-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, RECORDER NEW4 DA1-9779-000 000 C 3 RUBBER, INSULATION5 DA2-0314-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATE
6 XA9-1167-000 000 F 3 SCREW7 DA3-0161-000 000 C 1 SHIELD CASE, HA NEW8 DA3-0162-000 000 C 1 SHIELD CASE, PM 1 NEW9 DY1-8511-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV650i E NEW
DY1-8519-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV630i E NEW
DY1-8526-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV600i E NEWDY1-8525-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV600 E,MV590 E NEW
10 DA3-0163-000 000 C 1 SHIELD CASE, PM 2 NEW11 DY1-8513-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CAC12 XA1-7170-307 000 F 6 SCREW
5-22
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Camera Unit Section
LENSUNIT
*1, 2 : DM-MV650i E ONLY
64
3
1
1
2
7
8
10×2
111213
5
*1
*2
15×3
14×3
9
5-23
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DG1-7296-000 000 C 1 SHOE CONNECTOR ASS’Y DM-MV650i EDA2-1645-000 000 C 1 SPACER, SHOE DM-MV630i E,MV600i E,
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E2 XA9-1349-000 000 F 1 SCREW3 DA2-1622-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION
4 DH2-5026-000 000 C 1 FPC, AAS-CAC DM-MV650i E NEW5 DA2-1641-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, LENS6 DH9-0877-000 000 B 1 FILTER, IR NEW7 DA2-1526-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION8 DY1-8509-000 000 B 1 CCD ASS’Y NEW
9 DG3-0043-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CCD NEW10 XA4-9170-607 000 F 2 SCREW11 DH2-5025-000 000 C 1 FPC, CCD-CAC NEW12 DA3-0165-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, CCD NEW13 DA3-0164-000 000 C 1 SHEET, SHIELD NEW
14 DA2-1524-000 000 C 3 RUBBER, INSULATION15 XA9-1294-000 000 F 3 SCREW
5-24
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
Lens Unit Section
(3)
(2)
10
(4)
(5)
(7)
(9)
(8)
(7)
(8)
(1)×3
(6)×2
(6)×2
5-25
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 XA4-9170-607 000 F 3 SCREW2 YH8-0122-000 000 C 1 IG METER UNIT NEW3 YG9-6000-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, PZ4 YG9-5999-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, AF5 YG1-0154-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, AF
6 XA4-9170-457 000 F 4 SCREW7 YG9-6001-000 000 C 2 PHOTO, INTERRUPTER8 XA4-9170-357 000 F 2 SCREW9 YG1-0153-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, PZ
10 DG1-4518-000 000 B 1 LENS ASS’Y NEW
5-26
DMC III
Mechanical Chassis Section-1
13
9
5
7
8
6
4
2
3×3
5-27
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DMC III
1 DG1-4506-000 000 B 1 COMPARTMENT ASS’Y, CASSETTE NEW2 XA1-7140-147 000 C 1 SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH3 DA2-2138-000 000 C 4 SCREW NEW4 DY1-8500-000 000 E 1 DRUM ASS’Y NEW5 DA2-2139-000 000 C 1 WASHER NEW
6 DF1-1703-000 000 C 1 IDLER ASS’Y NEW7 DA2-2116-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (DRUM) NEW8 DA2-2115-000 000 C 1 SCREW NEW9 DY1-8501-000 000 B 1 CHASSIS ASS’Y, SLIDE NEW
5-28
DMC III
Mechanical Chassis Section-21
23
4
5
6
7
8
6
1
9
10
13
11
12
5-29
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DMC III
1 DA2-0645-000 000 C 2 WASHER2 DG1-4504-000 000 C 1 REEL ASS’Y, S NEW3 DS1-0193-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (TENSION) NEW4 DF1-1693-000 000 C 1 BRAKE ASS’Y, TENSION NEW5 DF1-1694-000 000 C 1 RELEASE ASS’Y, TENSION NEW
6 DA2-2139-000 000 C 2 WASHER NEW7 DF1-1704-000 000 C 1 BRAKE ASS’Y, S NEW8 DS1-0199-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (S BRAKE) NEW9 DG1-4505-000 000 C 1 REEL ASS’Y, T NEW
10 DA2-2220-000 000 C 1 LEVER, EJECT NEW
11 DA2-2238-000 000 C 1 BRAKE, MAIN T NEW12 DS1-0198-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (T BRAKE) NEW13 DF1-1695-000 000 C 1 REVIEW ARM ASS’Y NEW
5-30
DMC III
Mechanical Chassis Section-3
2×2
2×2
2×3
38
9
210
11
12
13
(4)
(6)
(7)
(5)1
5-31
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DMC III
1 DG1-4502-000 000 C 1 MOTOR ASS’Y, LOADING NEW2 DA2-2261-000 000 C 8 SCREW NEW3 DG1-4497-000 000 C 1 GUIDE RAIL ASS’Y NEW4 DF1-1687-000 000 C 1 ROLLER ASS’Y, GUIDE S NEW5 DF1-1688-000 000 C 1 ROLLER ASS’Y, GUIDE T NEW
6 DA2-0780-000 000 C 1 SCREW7 DF1-1686-000 000 C 1 DRUM BASE ASS’Y NEW8 DA2-2259-000 000 C 1 SCREW NEW9 DG1-4503-000 000 C 1 MOTOR ASS’Y, CAPSTAN NEW
10 XA1-7140-147 000 C 1 SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH
11 DG1-4500-000 000 C 1 ROLLER ASS’Y, PINCH NEW12 DA2-2139-000 000 C 1 WASHER NEW13 DS1-0192-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (PINCH) NEW
5-32
DMC III
Mechanical Chassis Section-41
3
4
5
8
9
6
10
7
2
5-33
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DMC III
1 DA2-2191-000 000 C 1 LEVER, CAM NEW2 XA1-7140-147 000 C 1 SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH3 DA2-2196-000 000 C 1 BELT, TIMING NEW4 DA2-2197-000 000 C 1 GEAR, PULLEY NEW5 DA2-2190-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CONNECT NEW
6 DA2-2140-000 000 C 1 WASHER NEW7 DA2-2188-000 000 C 1 GEAR, WHEEL NEW8 DA2-2139-000 000 C 1 WASHER NEW9 DA2-2195-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAPSTAN NEW
10 DG1-4501-000 000 C 1 CHASSIS ASS’Y, MAIN NEW
5-34
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
PLUG TYPE
AJPN
E
BAS
4
BP-511/512/522/535
DM-MV650i EONLY
WL-D79AWL-D80A, E
53
N.S. (Product available)
WIDE ATTACHMENT
(6)(7)
2
1
CG-570N.S. (Product available)
CB-570N.S. (Product available)
CA-570N.S. (Product available)
SDC-8MN.S. (Commercially availabel.Make copy sample pictures if necessary.)
Accessory Section-1
5-35
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DY1-8531-000 000 C 1 DC CABLE2 D82-0643-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(E) PLUG TYPE E
D82-0644-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(B) PLUG TYPE BD82-0645-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(AS) PLUG TYPE AS
3 D55-0170-000 000 C 1 WIDE ATTACHMENT DM-MV650i E
4 DY1-8242-000 000 C 1 COVER, TERMINAL BP-511(BROWN) BP-511/512DY1-8303-000 000 C 1 COVER, TERMINAL BP-522(GRAY) BP-522/535
5 D83-0622-000 000 C 1 WL-79A WIRELESS CONTROLLER DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E
D83-0652-000 000 C 1 WL-80A WIRELESS CONTROLLER DM-MV600i E
D83-0653-000 000 C 1 WL-80E WIRELESS CONTROLLER DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
6 DY1-8528-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERY WL-D79ADY1-8121-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERY WL-D80A,WL-D80E
7 DY1-8530-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A) WL-D79A
DY1-8119-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A) WL-D80A,WL-D80E
5-36
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
6
PC-A10
SS-800
7
WD-30.5
TL-30.5
2
1
DM-50N.S. (Product available) N.S. (Product available)
N.S. (Product available)
5
4
5
4
3
VL-3N.S. (Product available) N.S. (Product available)
FS-30.5N.S. (Product available)
IFC-300PCU
Accessory Section-2
5-37
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
1 DY1-8246-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, FRONT2 DY1-8247-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, REAR3 DY1-8245-000 000 E 1 LAMP, HAROGEN4 DY4-4764-000 000 C 1 CAP, CONVERTER(FRONT)5 DY4-4765-000 000 C 1 CAP, CONVERTER(REAR)
6 D81-1430-000 000 C 1 SHOULDER STRAP SS-8007 DY4-3338-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, SCART PC-A10
5-38
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
FUSE Replacement Instruction
CAUTION - For continued protection against risk of fire, replace FU1801, FU3201, FU3204, FU3205only with same type : 494001 1.0A-50V FUSE and replace FU3202, FU3203 only sametype : 49401.5 1.5A-50V FUSE MANUFACTURER : LITTELFUSE.
CN891
CN303 CN302CN300
CN301
CN102CN101
CN100
CN3202
CN3201
CN2000
CN2101
IC300IC301
IC102
IC103
IC3204
IC100
IC1802
IC2100CN990
CN2900
CN1101
CN2501
MAIN P.C.B.
FU3205
FU1801
FU3201
FU3202
FU3204
FU3203
5-39
ELECTRICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
MAIN P.C.B ASS’YCN100 VS1-6596-033 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 33pCN101 VS1-5988-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10p NEWCN300 VS1-5817-011 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 11pCN302 VS1-7005-018 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 18p NEW
CN303 VS1-6851-021 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 21pCN891 VS1-5988-009 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 9p NEW
CN2101 VS1-6851-039 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 39pCN2501 WS1-6098-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, DV NEWFU1801 VD7-2241-001 000 C 1 CHIP FUSE
FU3201 VD7-2241-001 000 C 1 CHIP FUSEFU3202 VD7-2241-501 000 C 1 CHIP FUSEFU3203 VD7-2241-501 000 C 1 CHIP FUSEFU3204 VD7-2241-001 000 C 1 CHIP FUSEFU3205 VD7-2241-001 000 C 1 CHIP FUSE
CAC P.C.B ASS’YCN1001 VS1-6228-015 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 15p NEWCN1201 VS1-6851-021 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 21pCN1501 VS1-6851-023 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 23p
JACK P.C.B ASS’YCN1 WS1-5716-000 000 C 1 JACK, MICCN2 WS1-5524-000 000 C 1 JACK, MINI AVCN3 WS1-6004-000 000 C 1 JACK, USBCN4 WS1-6104-000 000 C 1 JACK, S-VIDEO NEW
CN7 VS1-6851-039 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 39p
5-40
PARTS LIST
PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
3 D52-0220-000 000 B 1 CAP, LENS NEW35 D55-0170-000 000 C 1 WIDE ATTACHMENT DM-MV650i E37 D81-1430-000 000 C 1 SHOULDER STRAP SS-80035 D82-0643-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(E) PLUG TYPE E35 D82-0644-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(B) PLUG TYPE B
35 D82-0645-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(AS) PLUG TYPE AS35 D83-0622-000 000 C 1 WL-79A WIRELESS CONTROLLER DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E35 D83-0652-000 000 C 1 WL-80A WIRELESS CONTROLLER DM-MV600i E35 D83-0653-000 000 C 1 WL-80E WIRELESS CONTROLLER DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E21 DA1-9779-000 000 C 3 RUBBER, INSULATION
21 DA1-9903-000 000 C 1 LABEL, S CHASSIS21 DA2-0314-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATE15 DA2-0399-000 000 C 2 SHEET, LCD3 DA2-0436-000 000 B 1 SHOE, ACCESSORY
29 DA2-0645-000 000 C 2 WASHER
31 DA2-0780-000 000 C 1 SCREW23 DA2-1524-000 000 C 3 RUBBER, INSULATION23 DA2-1526-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION23 DA2-1622-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION23 DA2-1641-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, LENS
23 DA2-1645-000 000 C 1 SPACER, SHOE DM-MV630i E,MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
11 DA2-1650-000 000 C 1 CUSHION DM-MV650i E,MV630i E19 DA2-1840-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, CVF KNOB27 DA2-2115-000 000 C 1 SCREW NEW
27 DA2-2116-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (DRUM) NEW27 DA2-2138-000 000 C 4 SCREW NEW
27,29,31,33 DA2-2139-000 000 C 5 WASHER NEW33 DA2-2140-000 000 C 1 WASHER NEW33 DA2-2188-000 000 C 1 GEAR, WHEEL NEW
33 DA2-2190-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CONNECT NEW33 DA2-2191-000 000 C 1 LEVER, CAM NEW33 DA2-2195-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAPSTAN NEW33 DA2-2196-000 000 C 1 BELT, TIMING NEW33 DA2-2197-000 000 C 1 GEAR, PULLEY NEW
29 DA2-2220-000 000 C 1 LEVER, EJECT NEW29 DA2-2238-000 000 C 1 BRAKE, MAIN T NEW31 DA2-2259-000 000 C 1 SCREW NEW31 DA2-2261-000 000 C 8 SCREW NEW21 DA3-0160-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, RECORDER NEW
21 DA3-0161-000 000 C 1 SHIELD CASE, HA NEW21 DA3-0162-000 000 C 1 SHIELD CASE, PM 1 NEW21 DA3-0163-000 000 C 1 SHIELD CASE, PM 2 NEW23 DA3-0164-000 000 C 1 SHEET, SHIELD NEW23 DA3-0165-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, CCD NEW
13 DA3-0175-000 000 C 1 LOCK, LCD NEW13 DA3-0176-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LCD LOCK NEW13 DA3-0178-000 000 B 1 KNOB, LCD OPEN NEW13 DA3-0179-000 000 B 1 LIFTER, LCD NEW11 DA3-0180-000 000 B 1 COVER, CARD DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW
13 DA3-0181-000 000 C 1 LOCK, CARD COVER DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW11 DA3-0182-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, CARD COVER DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW11 DA3-0185-000 000 B 1 COVER, LI BATT NEW7 DA3-0186-000 000 C 1 BASE, TRIPOD NEW
13 DA3-0191-000 000 B 1 KNOB, A-P NEW
13 DA3-0192-000 000 C 1 SPRING, LCD LOCK NEW13 DA3-0193-000 000 C 1 SPRING, LCD LIFT NEW19 DA3-0206-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF TOP DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW19 DA3-0207-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF BOTTOM DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW19 DA3-0208-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF INNER NEW
5-41
PARTS LIST
PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
19 DA3-0210-000 000 C 1 KNOB, CVF NEW19 DA3-0211-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, CVF LENS NEW19 DA3-0212-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, EYE PIECE NEW19 DA3-0215-000 000 B 1 COVER, DUST DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW19 DA3-0216-000 000 C 1 PLATE, MASK NEW
19 DA3-0217-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, CVF PANEL NEW19 DA3-0218-000 000 C 1 REFLECTOR, CVF NEW19 DA3-0219-000 000 C 1 DIFFUSER, CVF NEW19 DA3-0221-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF TOP DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
19 DA3-0222-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF BOTTOM DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
19 DA3-0223-000 000 B 1 COVER, DUST DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
9 DA3-0225-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT DM-MV650i E NEW
9 DA3-0226-000 000 B 1 COVER, CASSETTE NEW7 DA3-0234-000 000 C 1 PLATE, C LOCK NEW7 DA3-0235-000 000 B 1 KNOB, CASSETTE OPEN NEW7 DA3-0236-000 000 B 1 KNOB, CHANGE DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW9 DA3-0239-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, GRIP BELT NEW
9 DA3-0240-000 000 C 1 STRAP, HAND NEW7 DA3-0248-000 000 C 1 PLATE, C SUPPORT NEW7 DA3-0249-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CHANGE DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW
17 DA3-0250-000 000 B 1 COVER, REAR NEW17 DA3-0251-000 000 B 1 LEVER, BATTERY EJECT NEW
17 DA3-0256-000 000 C 1 SPRING NEW15 DA3-0261-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LCD NEW15 DA3-0262-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD BOTTOM NEW15 DA3-0264-000 000 C 1 SHEET, BOTTOM COVER NEW5 DA3-0265-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, MIC NEW
5 DA3-0267-000 000 C 1 SHIELD, MIC NEW5 DA3-0274-000 000 B 1 COVER, L JACK DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW5 DA3-0281-000 000 B 1 COVER, L JACK DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E15 DA3-0283-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV650i E NEW
15 DA3-0285-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV630i E NEW15 DA3-0288-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV600i E NEW15 DA3-0289-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV600 E NEW9 DA3-0290-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV650i E NEW9 DA3-0291-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV630i E NEW
9 DA3-0292-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV600i E NEW9 DA3-0293-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV600 E NEW9 DA3-0294-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT DM-MV630i E NEW9 DA3-0296-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
3 DA3-0299-000 000 C 1 CUSHION NEW7 DA3-0330-000 000 C 1 CUSHION NEW
11 DA3-0332-000 000 C 1 CUSHION DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
15 DA3-0334-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV590 E NEW
9 DA3-0335-000 000 C 1 LABEL, NAME DM-MV590 E NEW31 DF1-1686-000 000 C 1 DRUM BASE ASS’Y NEW31 DF1-1687-000 000 C 1 ROLLER ASS’Y, GUIDE S NEW31 DF1-1688-000 000 C 1 ROLLER ASS’Y, GUIDE T NEW29 DF1-1693-000 000 C 1 BRAKE ASS’Y, TENSION NEW
29 DF1-1694-000 000 C 1 RELEASE ASS’Y, TENSION NEW29 DF1-1695-000 000 C 1 REVIEW ARM ASS’Y NEW27 DF1-1703-000 000 C 1 IDLER ASS’Y NEW29 DF1-1704-000 000 C 1 BRAKE ASS’Y, S NEW9 DF1-5005-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE ARM ASS’Y NEW
5-42
PARTS LIST
PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
17 DF1-5006-000 000 C 1 BATTERY TERMINAL ASS’Y NEW5 DF1-5033-000 000 C 1 MIC ASS’Y NEW
15 DG1-4135-000 000 C 1 BACK LIGHT ASS’Y, LCD31 DG1-4497-000 000 C 1 GUIDE RAIL ASS’Y NEW31 DG1-4500-000 000 C 1 ROLLER ASS’Y, PINCH NEW
33 DG1-4501-000 000 C 1 CHASSIS ASS’Y, MAIN NEW31 DG1-4502-000 000 C 1 MOTOR ASS’Y, LOADING NEW31 DG1-4503-000 000 C 1 MOTOR ASS’Y, CAPSTAN NEW29 DG1-4504-000 000 C 1 REEL ASS’Y, S NEW29 DG1-4505-000 000 C 1 REEL ASS’Y, T NEW
27 DG1-4506-000 000 B 1 COMPARTMENT ASS’Y, CASSETTE NEW25 DG1-4518-000 000 B 1 LENS ASS’Y NEW23 DG1-7296-000 000 C 1 SHOE CONNECTOR ASS’Y DM-MV650i E13 DG3-0037-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CARD DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW19 DG3-0038-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CVF NEW
15 DG3-0039-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LCD NEW13 DG3-0042-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, D SW2 NEW23 DG3-0043-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CCD NEW13 DG3-0049-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CARD DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
7 DG3-0055-000 000 B 1 OPERATION KEY ASS’Y DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW7 DG3-0056-000 000 B 1 OPERATION KEY ASS’Y DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E19 DG3-0057-000 000 C 1 HINGE ASS’Y, CVF NEW13 DG3-0058-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y, R KEY DM-MV650i E NEW
19 DH2-5022-000 000 C 1 FPC, CVF-CAC NEW23 DH2-5025-000 000 C 1 FPC, CCD-CAC NEW23 DH2-5026-000 000 C 1 FPC, AAS-CAC DM-MV650i E NEW23 DH9-0877-000 000 B 1 FILTER, IR NEW31 DS1-0192-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (PINCH) NEW
29 DS1-0193-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (TENSION) NEW29 DS1-0198-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (T BRAKE) NEW29 DS1-0199-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL (S BRAKE) NEW35 DY1-8119-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A) WL-D80A,WL-D80E35 DY1-8121-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERY WL-D80A,WL-D80E
35 DY1-8242-000 000 C 1 COVER, TERMINAL BP-511(BROWN) BP-511/51237 DY1-8245-000 000 E 1 LAMP, HAROGEN37 DY1-8246-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, FRONT37 DY1-8247-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, REAR35 DY1-8303-000 000 C 1 COVER, TERMINAL BP-522(GRAY) BP-522/535
*2 15 DY1-8333-000 000 B 1 LCD ASS’Y21 DY1-8499-000 000 C 1 RECORDER UNIT, DMC III
27 DY1-8500-000 000 E 1 DRUM ASS’Y NEW27 DY1-8501-000 000 B 1 CHASSIS ASS’Y, SLIDE NEW
9 DY1-8502-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, EJECT NEW5 DY1-8503-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV650i E NEW5 DY1-8504-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y DM-MV650i E NEW
13 DY1-8505-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, RIGHT DM-MV650i E NEW15 DY1-8507-000 000 B 1 HINGE ASS’Y NEW
23 DY1-8509-000 000 B 1 CCD ASS’Y NEW21 DY1-8511-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV650i E NEW21 DY1-8513-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CAC17 DY1-8514-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, DC NEW5 DY1-8515-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV630i E NEW
5 DY1-8516-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y DM-MV630i E NEW13 DY1-8517-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, RIGHT DM-MV630i E NEW21 DY1-8519-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV630i E NEW5 DY1-8520-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV600i E,MV600 E NEW
5-43
PARTS LIST
PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
5 DY1-8521-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
13 DY1-8522-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, RIGHT DM-MV600i E, NEWDM-MV600 E,MV590 E
21 DY1-8525-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV600 E,MV590 E NEW
21 DY1-8526-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN DM-MV600i E NEW35 DY1-8528-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERY WL-D79A35 DY1-8530-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A) WL-D79A35 DY1-8531-000 000 C 1 DC CABLE3 DY1-8532-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, JACK DM-MV650i E NEW
13 DY1-8533-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, R-KEY DM-MV650i E NEW3 DY1-8534-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, JACK DM-MV630i E NEW3 DY1-8535-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, JACK DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E13 DY1-8536-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, R-KEY DM-MV630i E, NEW
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
5 DY1-8537-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, FRONT DM-MV650i E NEW5 DY1-8538-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, FRONT DM-MV630i E NEW5 DY1-8539-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, FRONT DM-MV600i E, NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E5 DY1-8540-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, F JACK DM-MV590 E NEW
37 DY4-3338-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, SCART PC-A1037 DY4-4764-000 000 C 1 CAP, CONVERTER(FRONT)37 DY4-4765-000 000 C 1 CAP, CONVERTER(REAR)
VD7-2241-001 000 C 4 CHIP FUSEVD7-2241-501 000 C 2 CHIP FUSEVS1-5817-011 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 11pVS1-5988-009 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 9p NEWVS1-5988-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10p NEW
VS1-6228-015 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 15p NEWVS1-6596-033 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 33pVS1-6851-021 000 C 2 CONNECTOR 21pVS1-6851-023 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 23pVS1-6851-039 000 C 2 CONNECTOR 39p
VS1-7005-018 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 18p NEW*1 15 WG2-5210-000 000 B 1 LCD ASS’Y
19 WG2-5241-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y, CVF7 WR1-5083-000 000 C 1 SPEAKER
WS1-5524-000 000 C 1 JACK, MINI AV
WS1-5716-000 000 C 1 JACK, MICWS1-6004-000 000 C 1 JACK, USBWS1-6098-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, DV NEWWS1-6104-000 000 C 1 JACK, S-VIDEO NEW
3 XA1-3170-507 000 F 4 SCREW
27,31,33 XA1-7140-147 000 C 3 SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH13 XA1-7170-207 000 F 5(4) SCREW *( )DM-MV630i,MV600i E,
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E9 XA1-7170-257 000 F 5 SCREW
3,7,15,19,21 XA1-7170-307 000 F 29 SCREW
3,11 XA1-7170-407 000 F 4 SCREW7,13 XA4-7170-407 000 F 2(1) SCREW *( )DM-MV630i,MV600i E,
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E25 XA4-9170-357 000 F 2 SCREW
13,17 XA4-9170-407 000 F 9 SCREW
7,9 XA4-9170-409 000 F 5 SCREW3,5,7,11,13,19,25 XA4-9170-457 000 F 27(26) SCREW *( )DM-MV600i E,
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E13 XA4-9170-557 000 F 3 SCREW
23,25 XA4-9170-607 000 F 5 SCREW
5-44
PARTS LIST
PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
21 XA9-1167-000 000 F 3 SCREW23 XA9-1294-000 000 F 3 SCREW23 XA9-1349-000 000 F 1 SCREW17 XA9-1481-000 000 F 4 SCREW NEW17 XA9-1482-000 000 F 2 SCREW NEW
25 YG1-0153-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, PZ25 YG1-0154-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, AF25 YG9-5999-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, AF25 YG9-6000-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, PZ25 YG9-6001-000 000 C 2 PHOTO, INTERRUPTER
25 YH8-0122-000 000 C 1 IG METER UNIT NEW19 YN1-3111-000 000 C 1 LENS, EYEPIECE NEW
CHAPTER 6. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
BLOCK DIAGRAMSCAMERA SECTION-1CAMERA SECTION-2SYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONSERVO SECTIONAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2POWER SUPPLY SECTIONLCD P.C.B. SECTIONJACK P.C.B. SECTION
( DIGITAL MECHANICAL CHASSIS III )DMC IIIMAIN
CHASSISDRUM
MOTORLOADINGMOTOR
SLIDECHASSIS
VIDEOHEAD
SD CARD
MIC UNIT
DV JACK
DC JACK
HINGE ASS'Y
MIC JACK
AV JACK
USB JACK
S JACK
SPEAKER
RED BLK
LENSUNIT
ZOOM MOTOR
FOCUS MOTOR
FOCUS SENS
ZOOM SENS
TEMP SENS
IG METER
Metal contact (Pins' face up)Metal contact (Pins' face down)
: :
LCD
BACK LIGHT
LCD
LCD UNIT
Metal contact Metal contact
MAIN P.C.B.
DC P.C.B.
BATTERY TERMINAL
OPERATION KEY UNIT
CARD P.C.B.
CCD P.C.B.
JACKP.C.B.
CAC P.C.B.
CN891
CN303 CN302CN300
CN301
CN102CN101
CN100
CN3202
CN3201
CN2000
CN1
CN2101
IC300IC301
IC102
IC103
IC3204
IC100
IC1802
IC2100CN990
CN1101
CN2501
1 11
1 1
1
1
6
1
3
1
2
3332
10A1 B1
A15 B15
17 101118
21
1
1A1B1
A35B35
12
39
9
CN701
IC801
IC802
IC803
IC3203IC3202
IC2300
IC1102
IC2301
IC2000
IC2302
IC3201
IC1101
1
4
CN1201IC1701
IC1002
IC1502
CN1001
CN1501
1
1
12
2322
CN4101
2223
21
15
22120
CN1502
1
7
IC1001
IC1202
IC1501
CN1002
A1B1
A35B35
CN1
IC1601
IC1602
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN7
21
12
3938
CN61
2
CN4002
CN4000
114
CN4001
12
3332
CN4102
1
22
CVF P.C.B.
CN10701 15
CN2900A1 B1
A10 B10
RKEY P.C.B.
RKEY BACK LIGHT ASS'Y
CN101
CN100
2
1
51
DSW2 P.C.B.
JOG FPC
LCD P.C.B.CN901
IC4201WP4202 WP4201
IC902
IC903
IC901
CN902
CN903
1
1
1
1
7
1
7
12
1 24
12
7
EJECT SW
1
6
1
3
SHOE CONNECTORASSEMBLY
1
12
12
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
CN100123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233
CN101123456789
10CN102
A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9
B10B11B12B13B14B15
CN300123456789
1011
CN301123456789
10CN302
123456789
101112131415161718
CN303123456789
101112131415161718192021
CN7011234
GNDCARD DAT2CARD CMDCARD DAT3GNDDVDD 3VCHAGE LEDGNDCARD SCKGNDGNDCARD ACC LEDCARD DATCARD VSS1CARD DAT1VTR UNREGCARD PROPANEL B/T SWCARD DETKEY AD0LI 3VKEY AD1PAE/GREENPANEL OPEN SWDIAL CWDIAL CCWKEY AD2KEY AD3P5VKEY LED2KEY LED1KEY LED0KEY LED0
CK 3VZOOM ADGNDPHOTO SWHALF PHOTO SWTAPE/CARD SWGNDSTART/STOP SWVTR PW SWCAM PW SW
MODE RESETEPMCECNVSSN.CDEBCLKGNDDEBUDGNDDEBDDGNDXDEBENGNDGNDE3V+LI3VGNDFLASH CLKFLASH RSTFLASH RXD1FLASH TXD1N.CDVDD3VCG CSEEP/CG CLKEEP/CG SODOT CLKOSD I0OSD I1VIC HDVIC VD
WWCOIL COMSENS GARDSENS COMDPGDFGVVUU
N.CDEW −DEW +LOAD (−)LOAD (−)MSW SENSMSW VCCMSW VSSLOAD (+)LOAD (+)
U COILU COILW COILW COILV COILV COILC H −W −W +C H +U +U −V +V −CFG2CFG GNDCFG VCCCFG1
BOT EBOT CMIC GNDMIC3REC PRFMIC2MIC1T IN −T OUT −T IN +T OUT +C INCIN GNDLED ALED KS IN −S OUT −S IN +S OUT +EOT EEOT C
MIC GND RINT MIC R MIC GND LINT MIC L
MAIN P.C.B.
CN891123456789CN990
123456789
101112
CN1101A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A21A22A23A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31A32A33A34A35B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9
B10B11B12B13B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25B26B27B28B29B30B31B32B33B34B35
CN20001234567CN2101
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839
SHOE UNREGSHOE UNREGPOW GNDPOW GNDID-1SPACK ONADV MIC GNDADV MIC LADV MIC R
LCD 3VLCD 5VLCD 8.5VLCD 15VKCD −10VGNDMO GNDVTR UNREGPANEL XOEPANEL LCKLCD CSLCD EEP CS
GNDRAWDATA (6)RAWDATA (5)RAWDATA (4)RAWDATA (3)RAWDATA (2)GNDPWM FAPWM FBPWM ZAPWM ZBZ PSBF PSBZ RES SWF RES SWGNDMO GNDMO GNDP5VP5VVF RVF GVF BGNDCSYNCGNDEVF BL ONEVF 8.5VLCD 3VEVF EEP CSLCD EEP SOUTEVF SENLCD EEP SCKEVF EEP SINEVF 3V ONGNDRAWDATA(7)RAWDATA (8)RAWDATA(9)RAWDATA(10)RAWDATA(11)GNDGNDGNDDSP CLKGNDAGC CSCAM SOCAM SCKTG RSTVGATEXTGHDXTGVDXSGCAM 3VCAM 3VIRIS 3VCCD 15VCCD −7VDA LOADLED RETI SWP GY OUTY GY OUTTEMPP GYROY GYROI ENCIRIS CLIRIS OP
HA GNDH1AH1BHA GNDH2AH2BHA GND
MIC GNDEXT LEXT P DETEXT RMIC GNDMIC GNDP5VCAM LEDAV GNDAV GNDV I/O/HP RAV DETAV GNDAV RAV L/HP LAV GNDAV GNDP GY OUTRMC INCAM 3VSP +SP −V BUSGNDGNDD −D +GNDGNDY GY OUTEJECT SWGNDS DETY I/OYC GNDYC GNDC I/OYC GNDN.C
MAIN P.C.B.
CN2900A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9
B10CN3201
123CN3202
123456
V I/OGNDVTR POW SWT/C POW SWCAM POW SWFCH OTCKSWPGNDPBRFN.CMODE RESETVTR ON IC3201N.CMIC2MIC3TRSTTMSTDITDO
DC −DC +DC J SW
BATT E3BATT INFO ADBATT −BATT −BATT +BATT +
MAIN P.C.B.
CN9011234567CN902
123456789
101112
CN903123456789
101112131415161718192021222324
LCD EEP SOUTLCD EEP SCKSIN1C SYNCPANEL RPANEL GPANEL B
LCD 3VLCD 5VLCD 8.5VLCD 15VLCD −10VGNDMO GNDVTR UNREGPANEL XOEPANEL LCKLCD CSLCD EEP CS
VGLN.CSTVRU/DCKVDEVSTVLVCCVGHVCOMAVDDSTHRL/RN.CVRVGVBGNDCPH3CPH2CPH1Q1HOEHSTHL
LCD P.C.B.
CN1070123456789
101112131415
GNDCCD OUTGNDVL (−7.5V)VH (+15V)GNDH2H1RESETGNDV4V3V1V2VSUB
CCD P.C.B.
CN4101123456789
1011121314151617181920212223
CN4102123456789
10111213141516171819202122
BL5VCOMCKV1CKV2STVXSTVXENBENBVBBDSDXDSGDSGGNDBRGVDDCKH2VSSCKH1STHXSTHXSTH
XSTHSTHVSSCKH1CKH2VDDCSHGRBDSGXDSGDSDVBBCSVENBXENBXSTVSTVCKV2CKV1COM
CVF P.C.B.
CN512CN6
12CN7
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839
SP +SP −
GNDEJECT SW
YC GNDC I/OYC GNDYC GNDY I/OS DETGNDEJECT SWY GY OUTGNDGNDD +D −GNDGNDVBUSSP −SP +CAM 3VRMC INP GY OUTAV GNDAV GNDAV L/HP LAV RAV GNDAV DETV I/O/HP RAV GNDAV GNDCAM LEDP5VMIC GNDMIC GNDEXT REXT P DETEXT LMIC GNDN.C
JACK P.C.B.
CN4000123456789
101112
CN4001123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233
CN4002123456789
1011121314
MMC RSVMMC CMDMMC VSS1MMC VDDMMC CLKMMC VSS1MMC DATMMC DAT1MMC DAT2CARD PROGNDCARD DET
KEY LED0KEY LED1KEY LED2P5VKEY AD3KEY AD2DIAL CCWDIAL CWPANEL OPEN SWPAE/GREENKEY AD1LI 3VKEY AD0CARD DETPANEL B/T SWCARD PROVTR UNREGCARD DAT1CARD VSS1CARD DATCARD ACC LEDGNDGNDCARD SCKGNDCHAGE LEDDVDD 3VGNDCARD DAT3CARD CMDCARD DAT2GNDGND
MENUGNDDIAL CWDIAL CCWDIAL PUSHGNDPANEL B/T SWPANEL OPEN SWP5VKEY LED0KEY LED1KEY LED2KEY AD2REW KEY
CARD P.C.B.
CN1001123456789
101112131415
CN1002A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A21A22A23 A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31A32A33A34A35B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9
B10B11B12B13B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25B26B27B28B29B30B31B32B33B34B35
CN1201123456789
101112131415161718192021
CN1501123456789
1011121314151617181920212223
CN15021234567
VSUBV2V1V3V4GNDRESETH1H2GNDCCD VH 15VCCD VL −7.5VGNDCCD OUTGND
GNDRAWDATA (6)RAWDATA (5)RAWDATA (4)RAWDATA (3)RAWDATA (2)GNDPWM FAPWM FBPWM ZAPWM ZBZ PSBF PSBZ RES SWF RES SWGNDMO GNDMO GNDP5VP5VVF RVF GVF BGNDCSYNCGNDEVF BL ONEVF 8.5VLCD 3VEVF EEP CSLCD EEP SOUTEVF SENLCD EEP SCKEVF EEP SINEVF 3V ONGNDRAWDATA(7)RAWDATA (8)RAW\DATA(9)RAWDATA(10)RAWDATA(11)GNDGNDGNDDSP CLKGNDAGC CSCAM SOCAM SCKTG RSTVGATEXTGHDXTGVDXSGCAM 3VCAM 3VIRIS 3VCCD 15VCCD −7VDA LOADLED RETI SWP GY OUTY GY OUTTEMPP GYROY GYROI ENCIRIS CLIRIS OP
DRIVE (+)DRIVE (−)HALL IN (+)HALL OUT (+)HALL IN(−)HALL OUT (−)GNDFOCUS AFOCUS BFOCUS-BFOCUS-AFOCUS VCCZOOM LEDZOOM SENSTEMPFOCUS LEDFOCUS SENSZOOM-BZOOM BZOOM-AZOOM A
XSTHSTHCKH1VSSCKH2VDDGRBVSSDSGXDSGDSDVBBENBXENBXSTVSTVCKV2CKV1COMBL5VBL5V
LCD EEP SOUTLCD EEP SCKEVF EEP SINC SYNCPANEL RPANEL GPANEL B
CAC P.C.B.
CN10012345CN101
12
P5VKEY LED0KEY LED1KEY LED2N.C
GNDPANEL B/T SW
RKEY P.C.B.
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CAMERA SECTION-1 DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNALANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL
IC1070ICX089AK
CCD
VCTRL 18
CLR 19
CS 62
CLKO 17
HD IN 16
SCK 64
SDATA 63
VD IN
VGATE
TG RST
AGC CS
DSP CLK
XTGHD
XTGVD15
D9 10
D8 9
D7 8
D6 7
D5 6
D4 5
D3 4
D2 3
D1 2
D0
IC1001MN3112SAV-DRIVER
IC1002AN12070A
TG/CDS/AGC/AD
1
IV3 14
DVDD159
AVDD50
AVDD48
DVDD237
DVDD332
DVDD329
DVDD326
CCD SW20
DRVDD11
DVDD214
CCD OUTCCD OUT
52
H231
H128
R
H 2
H 1
RESET27
V 340
CH2 13 CH 235
IV4 12 V 439
ISUB 10 SUB34
IV2 9 V 241
CH1 8 CH 136
DV15
DSUB1
DV23
DV418
DV3
V 1
VSUB
V 2
V 4
V 317
VHH20
VD
C
6
CAM 3V
P5V
CAM 3V
P5V
IRIS 3V
VL
2
CCD VL-7.5V
VH16IV1 7
IC1202BH9910KVIRIS DRIVE
88
99
1010
3030
2020
2929
19
2828
27
18
33
3737
34
35
3
5
4
2
1
15
45 45
46
21
6
36
V 142
CCD −7VCCD 15V
IRIS 3V
P5V
CAM 3VCCD VH 15V
CAM 3V
LCD 3V
EVF A3V
LCD 3V
CCD VL -7.5VCCD VH 15V
CAM 3V
EVF 8.5VLCD 3V
Q1505Q1506
RAWDATA (2)
RAWDATA (3)
RAWDATA (4)
RAWDATA (5)
RAWDATA (6)
RAWDATA (7)
RAWDATA (8)
RAWDATA (9)
RAWDATA (10)
RAWDATA (11)
Q1201
XSGP5VP5V
LCD 3VCAM 3VCAM 3VIRIS 3V
CCD 15VCCD −7V
RAWDATA (2)RAWDATA (3)RAWDATA (4)RAWDATA (5)RAWDATA (6)RAWDATA (7)RAWDATA (8)RAWDATA (9)
RAWDATA (10)RAWDATA (11)
DSP CLKAGC CSTG RSTVGATEXTGHDXTGVD
PWM FAPWM FBPWM ZAPWM ZB
Z PSBF PSB
CAM SOCAM SCKDA LOADIRIS CLIRIS OP
I SWP GY OUTY GY OUTP GYROY GYRO
I ENCZ RES SW
TEMPF RES SWLED RETCSYNC
VF BVF GVF R
LCD EEP SOUTLCD EEP SCK
EVF SENEVF EEP CSEVF EEP SIN
EVF BL ONEVF 8.5V
EVF 3V ON
CN1002B19A19A20A29B20B21B22B23B24A6A5A4A3A2B2B3B4B5B6
B10B12B15B16B17B18A8A9
A10A11A12A13B13B14B25B34B35B27B28B29B31B32B33A14B30A15B26A25A23A22A21A31A33A32A30A34A27A28A35
PANEL RPANEL GPANEL B
EVF EEP SINLCD EEP SCK
LCD EEP SOUTC SYNC
CN1502
Q1502
Q1501
5673214
VSUBV 2V 1V 3V 4
CCD VH 15VCCD VL -7.5V
RESETH 1H 2
CCD OUT
CN100112345
1112789
14
TOLENS UNIT
XSTHSTH
CKH1CKH2
GRB
DSGXDSGENB
XENBXSTVSTV
CKV2CKV1COMDSDVDDVBBBL5VBL5V
CN15011235789
111215161718192021136
142223
FOCUS AFOCUS B
FOCUS −BFOCUS −AZOOM −BZOOM B
ZOOM −AZOOM A
DRIVE (+ )DRIVE (− )
HALL IN (+ )HALL OUT (+ )
HALL IN (− )HALL OUT (− )FOCUS VCCZOOM SENS
TEMPFOCUS SENS
ZOOM LEDFOCUS LED
CN120189
101118192021123456
121415171316
46
21
15
5
6
4
3
1
2
HALL IN (− )
HALL OUT (− )
HALL OUT (+ )
HALL IN (+ )
DRIVE (− )
DRIVE (+ )
19
27
18
33
34
I ENC
Y GYRO
Y GY OUT
DA LOAD
P GYRO
P GY OUT
I SW
IRIS OP
IRIS CL
36
35
IC1501LV4141W
EVF DRIVER
55BIN
54GIN
53RIN
8
7DATA
60
12
11
57SYNC IN
1
6
20
43
19
17
18
40
50 DSDOUT
47 VCC 2
39 VCCCOM
38 COMOUT
28 CKV1
27 CKV2
26 STV
25 XSTV
29 XENB
30 ENB
23 XDSG
24
45
49
DSG
BOUT
GOUT
ROUT
CKH 2
CKH 1
STH
XSTH
DSD
COM
CKV1
CKV2
STV
XSTV
XENB
ENB
XDSG
DSG
B
G
R
CKH2
CKH1
STH
XSTH
SCLK
HDIN
VDD 0
VDD 2
VDD 1
VCC 1
LOAD
IC1502BR9020FFV-W
EEPROM4DO
1
8 VCC
3 DI
2 SK CS
IC1701BH6564FV
MOTOR DRIVE
2
11
22
14
21IN 3
15
12VDD
3
18
5
8
VM 3
VM 2
VM 1
7
17
6
4
9
19
20
16
10
OUT 3F
OUT 3R
OUT 4R
OUT 4F
OUT 1R
OUT 2R
OUT 2F
OUT 1F
ZOOM A
ZOOM −A
ZOOM −B
ZOOM B
FOCUS −A
FOCUS −B
FOCUS B
FOCUS A
EN 1
EN 2
EN 3
EN 4
IN 4
IN 2
IN 1
PWM ZA
F PSB
Z PSB
PWM ZB
PWM FB
PWM FA
CAM 3V
EVF 8.5V
EVF 8.5V
Q1509 Q1507
CCD OUT
V1V2
VSUBCN1070
2
151314
V3
V4
1211
87
H1H2
RESET
VH (+15V)VL (−7.5V)
9
54
VOUT Q1071BUFFER
VH (+15V)
V1
V2
V3
V4
H1
H2
RG
VDD
VL
VH (+15V)
7
10SUB
4
3
2
1
12
13
9
8
11
Q1504
Q1503
IV3
CH2
IV4
ISUB
IV2
CH1
IV1
TOHINGE ASS'Y
TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.CN1101
TOSYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.CN1101
BL5VCOMCKV1CKV2STV
XSTVXENBENBVBBDSD
XDSGDSG
BRG
VDDCKH2CKH1STH
XSTHXSTH
CN4101
Q4101 Q4102
123456789
101112141516171820212223
COMCKV1CKV2STV
XSTVXENBENBVBBDSD
XDSGDSG
BRG
VDDCKH2CKH1STH
XSTH
CN41022221201918171614131211109865421
CAC P.C.B.CCD P.C.B.
CVF P.C.B.
LCD(CVF)
DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNALDIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL
13 SO3
12 SCLK3
346 D7
292 C LKON
263 SCS8
185 CDATA3
319 CDATA2
137 AIN8
50 AIN4
340 AIN5
217 AIN6
186 CDATA0
11 CDATA1
324 SCS4
69 CSYNC0
91 VF G2
175 VF B2
312 VF R2
199 ICS1
271 ICS0
101 CDATA5
10 CDATA4
194 PWM0
266 PWM1
111 PWM2
21 PWM3
113TDO
103CCLK
6ADATA 0
315ADATA 1
314ADATA 2
179ADATA 3
255ADATA 4
95ADATA 5
3ADATA 6
178ADATA 7
100
BD
ATA
0
318
BD
ATA
1
183
BD
ATA
2
99
BD
ATA
3
317
BD
ATA
4
7
BD
ATA
5
316
BD
ATA
6
182
BD
ATA
7
105SI3
282EDACK
133EDREQ
281XEWRL
211XECS5
283XEINT0
348LREQ
46RDY
149WCK
62LRCK
148AUD1 O
227AUD1 I
228AMCK
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2IC2301
IC2301(1/3)MB87M1255
VIC3
69
MA
DD
R L
3
155
MA
DD
R L
4
233
MA
DD
R L
5
303
MA
DD
R L
6
68
MA
DD
R L
7
154
MA
DD
R L
8
67
MA
DD
R L
9
153
MA
DD
R L
10
66
MA
DD
R L
11
231
MA
DD
R L
12
304
MA
DD
R L
2
234
MA
DD
R L
1
156
MA
DD
R L
0
237
MD
QM
L0
74
MD
QM
L1
159
MD
QM
L2
73
MD
QM
L3
306
MC
KE
L
236
MC
LK L
158
XM
CS
L
305
XM
RA
S L
235
XM
CA
S L
71
XM
WE
L
291EADDR M0
219EADDR M1
52EADDR M2
139EADDR M3
290EADDR M4
218EADDR M5
51EADDR M6
289EADDR M7
217EADDR M8
137EADDR M9
49EADDR M10
136EADDR M11
288EADDR M12
216EADDR M13
135EADDR M14
215EADDR M15
287EADDR M16
285EDATA M0
44EDATA M1
132EDATA M2
43EDATA M3
212EDATA M4
131EDATA M5
42EDATA M6
202BDATA 0
31BDATA 1
275BDATA 2
201BDATA 3
30BDATA 4
119BDATA 5
274BDATA 6
200BDATA 7
116ADATA 0
271ADATA 1
197ADATA 2
25ADATA 3
270ADATA 4
24ADATA 5
14MCCLK A
105MCDT A3
188MCDT A2
263MCDT A1
15MCDT A0
189MCCMD A
220XEWRU M
53XERD M
185TRST
9TMS
121VCLK
101TCK
23ADATA 6
113ADATA 7
211EDATA M7
130EDATA M8
283EDATA M9
41EDATA M10
210EDATA M11
40EDATA M12
282EDATA M13
209EDATA M14
128EDATA M15
47EADDR M17
46EADDR M18
134EADDR M19
214EADDR M20
133EADDR M21
213EADDR M22
20AUDI1
258AUDO2
IC1102MB87M1285PBT
MACS
27
A2
60
A3
61
A4
62
A5
63
A6
64
A7
65
A8
66
A9
24
A10
/AP
22
BA
0
23
BA
1
2DQ0
4DQ1
5DQ2
7DQ3
8DQ4
10DQ5
11DQ6
13DQ7
74DQ8
76DQ9
77DQ10
79DQ11
80DQ12
82DQ13
83DQ14
85DQ15
31DQ16
33DQ17
34DQ18
36DQ19
37DQ20
39DQ21
40DQ22
42DQ23
45DQ24
47DQ25
48DQ26
50DQ27
51DQ28
53DQ29
54DQ30
56DQ31
301 MDATA L0
152 MDATA L1
230 MDATA L2
151 MDATA L3
300 MDATA L4
64 MDATA L5
229 MDATA L6
150 MDATA L7
299 MDATA L8
228 MDATA L9
149 MDATA L10
62 MDATA L11
298 MDATA L12
227 MDATA L13
61 MDATA L14
297 MDATA L15
226 MDATA L16
147 MDATA L17
60 MDATA L18
59 MDATA L19
146 MDATA L20
58 MDATA L21
145 MDATA L22
295 MDATA L23
224 MDATA L24
57 MDATA L25
223 MDATA L26
294 MDATA L27
56 MDATA L28
143 MDATA L29
222 MDATA L30
55 MDATA L3196 RAWDATA 2
4 RAWDATA 3
255 RAWDATA 4
179 RAWDATA 5
3 RAWDATA 6
94 RAWDATA 7
254 RAWDATA 8
178 RAWDATA 9
2 RAWDATA 10
93 RAWDATA 11
111 AUDI2
21 AUDO1
194 LRCLK
112 WCLK
142 RDY
221 XEINT1
54 XEINT0
141 XECS M
292 XEWRL M
281 DREQ0
127 XDACK0
22 XRESET
184 TDI
276 BDATACLK
6 TGCLK
7 TG HD
182 TG VD
8 VGATE
26
A1
25
A0
16
DQ
M0
71
DQ
M1
28
DQ
M2
59
DQ
M3
67
CK
E
68
CLK
20
/CS
19
/RA
S
18
/CA
S
17
/WE
IC1101HY57V643220CT-55
SDRAM
CN1101A19A20A29B20B21B22B23B24A6A5A4A3A2B2B3B4B5B6
B10B16B17B18A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A21A23A22A25B12B13B14B15B19B25B26B27B28B29B30B31B32B33B34B35
P5VP5V
LCD 3VCAM 3VCAM 3VIRIS 3V
CCD 15VCCD −7V
RAWDATA (2)RAWDATA (3)RAWDATA (4)RAWDATA (5)RAWDATA (6)RAWDATA (7)RAWDATA (8)RAWDATA (9)
RAWDATA (10)RAWDATA (11)
DSP CLKVGATEXTGHDXTGVD
PWM FAPWM FBPWM ZAPWM ZB
Z PSBF PSB
Z RES SWF RES SW
VF RVF BVF G
CSYNCAGC CSCAM SO
CAM SCKTG RST
XSGDA LOADLED RET
I SWP GY OUTY GY OUT
TEMPP GYROY GYRO
I ENCIRIS CLIRIS OP
CN21011830
P GY OUTY GY OUT
AUD2 IMACS I
EADDR M0 toM22EDATA M0 to M15
XEWRUXERDTRSTTMS27M
CARD SCKCARD DAT3CARD DAT2CARD DAT1CARD DATCARD CMD
CARD SCK
CARD DAT3
CARD DAT2
CARD DAT1
CARD DAT
CARD CMD
WCLK
LRCLK
AUDO1
AUDI2
RDY
XEINT1
XEINT0
XECS M
XEWRL M
DREQ0
XDACK0
XRESET
TDI
BDATA CLK
MA
DD
R L
(0)
MA
DD
R L
(1)
MA
DD
R L
(2)
MA
DD
R L
(3)
MA
DD
R L
(4)
MA
DD
R L
(5)
MA
DD
R L
(6)
MA
DD
R L
(7)
MA
DD
R L
(8)
MA
DD
R L
(9)
MA
DD
R L
(10)
MA
DD
R L
(11)
MA
DD
R L
(12)
MDATA L(20)
MDATA L(21)
MDATA L(19)
MDATA L(18)
MDATA L(17)
MDATA L(16)
MDATA L(15)
MDATA L(14)
MDATA L(13)
MDATA L(12)
MDATA L(11)
MDATA L(10)
MDATA L(9)
MDATA L(8)
MDATA L(7)
MDATA L(6)
MDATA L(5)
MDATA L(4)
MDATA L(3)
MDATA L(2)
MDATA L(1)
MDATA L(0)
MDATA L(22)
MDATA L(23)
MDATA L(24)
MDATA L(25)
MDATA L(26)
MDATA L(27)
MDATA L(28)
MDATA L(29)
MDATA L(30)
MDATA L(31)
P 5V
LCD 3V
CAM 3VIRIS 3VCCD 15VCCD−7V
Q2302
Q2301
TOCAMERA SECTION-1CAC P.C.B.CN1002
TOCAMERA SECTION-1CAC P.C.B.CN1002
TOSYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
TOJACK P.C.B. SECTIONJACK P.C.B.CN7
MAIN P.C.B.(1/6)
CAMERA SECTION-2 DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, CM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
70
STA
RT/S
TOP
SW
ITCH
39EPM
44CE
7CNVSS
31FLASH CLK
32FLASH RTS
30FLASH RXD1
29FLASH TXD1
36FCHO/DEBUGO
16RMC PULSE IN
10MODE RESET
79S DET
66EJECT SWITCH
54VCO HI
17VTOS EN
48VIC3 CS
35VIC3 CLOCK
34VIC3 TO SUBCOM DATA
33SUBCOM TO VIC3 DATA
2STOV PC
1VTOS PC
24VTOS ACTIVE
67CASSETTE IN SWITCH
59MTOC MODE2
58MTOC MODE1
57MTOC MODE0
40NTSC XPAL
80LET CONT
81WIDE CONT
82LINE IN
84CASSETTE MEMORY A/D0
85CASSETTE MEMORY A/D1
86CASSETTE MEMORY A/D2
26CASSETTE MEMORY ON
27CASSETTE MEMORY SDL
28CASSETTE MEMORY SDA
49XRESET
4 LCD EEP SIN
38 PANEL BL ON
46 PANEL UD
5 OSDC/EEPROM/EVFIC/LCDIC/SCK
3 OSDC/EEPROM/EVFIC/LCDIC/SO
19 EVF SEN
55 EVF 3V ON
56 EVF BL ON
63 PANEL LR
61 LCD ON
45 EVF EEPROM CS
20 EVF 8.5V ON
50CHAGE LED
65PANEL BOTTOM/TOP SWITCH
91KEY AD0
92KEY AD1
75PAE/GREEN SW
64PANEL OPEN SWITCH
42DIAL CW SWITCH
43DIAL CCW SWITCH
93KEY AD2
95KEY AD3
23KEY LED0
22KEY LED1
21KEY LED2
78T/XC PW SW
77CAM POWER SWITCH
76VTR POWER SWITCH
69
HA
RF P
HO
TO S
WITC
H
68
PH
OTO
SW
ITCH
11
RE
SE
T
2LIDET12 VOUT
13 VIN
14 VRO
5 SW
7 VDC
25 LI3V DETECT
18 E3DET
72 CH DET
3VBAT
4CS
6SWOUT
IC100M30620MCN
MODE MI-COM.
IC102BD4187FVBACKUP
5VCC
73 UNREG DET
11 XOUT
13 XIN
8 XCIN
9 XCOUT
52 VTR POWER SWITCH
71 DC J DET
90 A/D I
89 A/D V
99 PS
100 TRI
41 CHAGE
88 BATT INFO A/D
96 VREF
97 AVCC
60 VCC2
14 VCC1
4VOUT
IC103BD4746G
RESET
E3V+LI3V
MICOM UNREG
E3V
DVDD 3V
INIT-CHG1
INIT-CHG2
KEY LED0KEY LED1KEY LED2KEY AD3KEY AD2
DIAL CCWDIAL CW
PANEL OPEN SWPANEL B/T SW
PAE/GREENKEY AD0KEY AD1
CARD ACC LEDCHAGE LEDCARD DETCARD PROCARD DAT1CARD DATCARD SCKDVDD 3V
CARD DAT3CARD CMDCARD DAT2
CN400112356789
151013112126141618202427293031
REW KEYDIAL PUSH
MENUKEY AD2
KEY LED2KEY LED1KEY LED0
PANEL OPEN SWPANEL B/T SW
DIAL CCWDIAL CW
P5V
CN4002
1
2
3
56
4
1451
1312111087439
CN10212634578
CARD DETCARD PROMMC DAT2MMC DAT1MMC DATMMC CLKMMC VDDMMC CMDMMC RSV
CN400012109875421
LED4000
VTR UNREG
Q4000
SW4001
GREENSW4004
P AE
DE SEL
SW4000
DE ON/OFF
SW4002
CARD MIX
SW4003
SELF
BT401
BT400LITHIUMBATTERY
CK 3VPHOTO SW
HALF PHOTO SWSTART/STOP SWTAPE/CARD SW
VTR PW SWCAM PW SW
ZOOM AD
CN101145869
102
DVDD3VE3V+LI3V
EPMCE
CNVSSFLASH CLKFLASH RST
FLASH RXD1FLASH TXD1MODE RESET
DEBCLKDEBUDDEBDD
XDEBENCG CS
EEP/CG CLKEEP/CG SO
DOT CLKOSD I0OSD I1VIC HDVIC VD
VIC VDVIC HDOSD I1OSD I0
DOT CLKEEP/CG SO
EEP/CG CLKCGCS
XDEBENDEBDDDEBUD
DEBCLKZOOM KEY
VTR POW SWCAM POW SWT/C POW SW
FCH OMODE RESET
RMC INXRESET
S DETEJECT SWLET CONT
WIDE CONTLINE INVCO HI
VTOS ENVTOS CS
VTOS SCKVTOS DATASTOV DATA
STOV PCVTOS PC
VTOS ACTIVESTOV MODE2STOV MODE1STOV MODE0NTSC XPAL
CAS INMIC 1MIC 2MIC 3
MIC ONCARD DETCARD PRO
CARD ACC LED
CARD DAT1CARD DATCARD SCK
CARD DAT3CARD CMDCARD DAT2
LCD 3VLCD 5V
LCD 8.5VLCD 15V
LCD −10VVTR UNREGPANEL XOEPANEL LCK
LCD CSLCD EEP CS
1234589
101112
EVF EEP SINLCD EEP SCK
LCD EEP SOUTEVF SEN
EVF 3V ONEVF BL ON
EVF EEP CSEVF 8.5V
A34A33A31A32A35A27A30A28
CN102B7
A15A2A3A4B2B3B4B5A1A6A8
A10A12B8B9
B10B11B12B13B14B15
CARD ACC LEDCARD PROCARD DET
CHAGE LEDPANEL B/T SW
KEY AD0KEY AD1
PAE/GREENPANEL OPEN SW
DIAL CWDIAL CCWKEY AD2KEY AD3
KEY LED2KEY LED1KEY LED0KEY LED0
CARD DAT2CARD CMDCARD DAT3CARD SCKCARD DAT
CARD DAT1
CN100
Q101
1217197
182022232425262728303132332349
1315
CK 3V
DVDD3VE3V+LI3V
Q103
Q102
D100LI 3V
VTR UNREG
X10116MHz
X10032.768KHz
Q100
Q104
VTR ONDC J DET
A/D IA/D V
INIT-CHG1INIT-CHG2
CHAGEBATT INFO ADEVF 8.5V ON
BATT E3
E3V
E3V+LI3V
LCD 3VLCD 5VLCD 8.5VLCD 15VLCD −10VVTR UNREG
P5V
LI 3V
CN990
CN1101
Q990 Q991
TOPOWER SUPPLY SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
TOHINGE ASS'Y
TOCAC P.C.B.CN1002
TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.
TOOPERATION KEY UNIT
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.
TOSERVO SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
N.C
REW KEYKEY AD2
P5VKEY LED2KEY LED1KEY LED0
PANEL OPEN SWPANEL B/T SW
PANEL OPEN SW
P5VKEY LED2KEY LED1KEY LED0
CN1001432
PANEL B/T SW
CN101
CN103
2
REW
SW103
STOP
SW100
FF
SW101
PLAY
SW102 P5V
P5V
TORKEY BACKLIGHT ASS'Y
TODSW2 P.C.B.
TOHINGE ASS'Y
SD CARD
ZR70 MC AZR65 MC ADM-MV650i EDM-MV630i EDM-FV40ONLY
ZR70 MC AZR65 MC ADM-MV650i EDM-MV630i EDM-FV40ONLY
CARD P.C.B.
RKEY P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B.(2/6)
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL
DRUM SERVO SIGNAL
IC301BD6636KV
MOTOR DRIVE
IC300NJM12904R
OPE AMP
PGFG
FG
FG
DRUMMOTOR
CAPSTANMOTOR
MODE SW
LOADINGMOTOR
DEW SENSOR
CASSETTE IN SW
TAKE UPREEL
FG SUPPLYREEL
MIC
SAFETYSW
CN300W 1
289
10113675
WVVUU
COIL COMDPGDFG
SENS COM
CN303BOT E 1BOT C 2EOT E 20EOT C 21LED A 14LED K 15
REC PRF 5MIC3 4MIC2
DVDD 3V
6MIC1 7C IN 12T IN− 8T IN+ 10
T OUT− 9T OUT+ 11
S IN− 16S IN+ 18
S OUT− 17S OUT+ 19
DVDD 3V
DVDD 3V
DVDD 3V
P 5V
CN302C H− 7W− 8W+ 9
C H+ 10U+ 11U− 12V+ 13V− 14
CFG2 15CFG1 18
U COIL 1U COIL 2W COIL 3W COIL 4V COIL 5V COIL 6
CFG VCC 17
CN301459
10DEW+ 3
MSW SENS 6MSW VCC 7MSW VSS 8
28 D.VM
29 D.VS
60 C.VM
15 C.FGSMT
16 D.PGSMT
21 D.FGSMT
30 D.EC
40 L.FRB
41 L.REF
57 D.PS
58 C.PS
59 C.FBR
62 C.EC
61 C.VS
37
35
34
33D.COM
D.U
D.V
D.W
3
1
2
7OUT 2
6IN−2
5IN+2
IN−1
OUT 1
IN+1
20
19
18D.FGIN−
D.FGPGIN+
D.PGIN−
12C.HW−
11C.HW+
10C.HU+
9C.HU−
8C.HV+
7C.HV−
44L.REV
42L.FWD
46R.IN1+
47R.IN1−
49R.IN2+
50R.IN2−
2C.U
3C.V
5C.W
D VM
D VS
C VS
CFG
DPG
DFG
CFGDPGDFG
DERRLOAD FRLODE ONDRUM ONCAP ON
CAP FWDCERR
T REEL FGS REEL FG
DA CFGDEW
MSW ADTAPE TOPTAPE ENDTAPE LED
REC PROOFREEL LED CONT
DA TREELDA SREEL
MIC2MIC3
48 ROUT1
51 ROUT2
D VMD VSC VMC VS
MIC1MIC2MIC3
Q304
Q302 Q301
Q300
Q305
27 UNREGVTR UNREG
22 VCCDVDD 3V
45 L.VMP 5V
14C.FGIN−
13C.FGIN+
LOAD (− )LOAD (− )
LOAD (+ )
LOAD (+ )
Q303
BOT DET
Q303
EOT DET
MIC ON
CAS IN
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-3MAIN P.C.B
TOPOWER SUPPLY SECTIONMAIN P.C.B
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B
TOSYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B
TAPE TOPSENSOR
TAPE ENDSENSOR
DMC I I I
MAIN P.C.B. (3/6)
SERVO SECTION DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
CARD USB/SIC SIGNAL DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNALANALOG AUDIO SIGNALANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL
AIF CS
VIF CS
AV SO
AV SCLK
IC2301 (2/3)MB87M1254
VIC3
IC2100LD502U
VIF2
136 AIN13
339 AIN 14
27 ICD0
249 VRH 2
88 VRL 2
85 C O
250 Y O
233
VIC
VD
364
C I
N
298
CLA
MP
Y
248
Y I
N
257
VC
LK
154
CS
YN
C I
113 TDO
112 TCK
267 TMS
47453732312620117
48
46
17
15
12 13 14 19
34
21
2
4
36
40
25
30
27
10
E1 A0
C2
A2
B5
A5
C5
D5
B6
A6
C6
D6
E6
B2
C3
D4 A19
D3 NC3
F1 CE
G1 OE
A4 WE
B4 RESET
D1
C1
A1
B1
D2
IC2300MBM29LV160BE7OPBT
FLASH
E2DO0
H2
E3
H3
H4
E4
H5
E5
F2
G2
F3
G3
F4
G5
F5
G6DO15
261SCLK2
321SO2
17SCS3
191SCS2
205
ED
ATA
(0)
34 275 123 332 204 33 122 32 203 121 331 31 273 202 120
ED
ATA
(15
)
129
210
40
337
39
128
209
38
336
127
208
37
277
126
335
334
36
125
206
276
35
212XECSO
43XERD
44XEWRU
23TRST
135XRESET
333EADDR (22)
279EADDR (0)
4
1
65 V IN 4V OUT
8
5
IC802NJM2770RSP DRIVER
IC803TK11140CS
4V REGULATOR
225 D4
291 D5
280 XECS2
147 LPS
131 XECS1
20 PWM4
9 CDATA7
16 SCS5
107 SCS6
15 SCS9
338 XECS4
329 DP
330 DN
CAM LED
D +
VBUS
D −
146 D3
34
35
33
24
22
5820 30 28 42
23
25
26
31AD OFF
32REC MUTE
36AUDIO MUTE
4139131415
11
4076432164
495060
61
53
54
384344464748
12
9
16
10
IC801AK4561AUDIO
INTERFACE
CSYNC I
C OUT
Y OUT
V OUT
C LINE IN
Y LINE IN
V LINE IN VCLK
AUDIO MUTE
HP MUTE
HP ON
Y IN
CLAMP Y
REC C
Y OUT
C OUT
VIC VD
CLAMP
BPF
EQ LPF
Y/C SEP
C SYNC SEP
SERIAL DATA
DATA CSCLK
27MHz
VIF 4.7V
CLAMP
VIF 4.7V
VCC
GCA
Y CONT
CLAMP C CONT
75Ω 75Ω 75Ω
Q2104
Q3503 Q3501
WIDEDETECT
Q2103 Q2101
Q2106Q2105
Q2100
Q2102
AVDD 1.4V
MIC(R)
(L)
RMC INEJECT SW
S DETLET CONT
WIDE CONTLINE IN
X RESET
MIC2MIC3
ADV MIC LADV MIC RSHOE ID1SHOE ON
EADDR (0)
EADDR (6)
EADDR (7)
EADDR (8)
EADDR (9)
EADDR (10)
EADDR (11)
EADDR (12)
EADDR (13)
EADDR (14)
EADDR (15)
EADDR (16)
EADDR (17)
EADDR (18)
EADDR (19)
EADDR (20)
EADDR (1)
EADDR (2)
EADDR (3)
EADDR (4)
EADDR (5)
TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.
FROMAUDIO VIDEOSECTION-2IC2301 (3/3)
FORMCAMERASECTION
SP STANDBY
EDATA (0)
EDATA (1)
EDATA (2)
EDATA (3)
EDATA (4)
EDATA (5)
EDATA (6)
EDATA (7)
EDATA (8)
EDATA (9)
EDATA (10)
EDATA (11)
EDATA (12)
EDATA (13)
EDATA (14)
EDATA (15)
27MTCKTMS
EADATA (0) to (15)EADDR (0) to (22)
XERDXEWRU
TRSTAUD 2 IMACS1 I
INT MIC RINT MIC L
CN701
CN2101
24
TMSTCKTDOV I /OTRSTMIC2MIC3
VTR ON IC3201
CN2900B8A7
B10A1B7B5B6B3
V I /O/H/P RY I /OC I /O
AV L/HP LAV RD −D +
V BUSCAM LEDAV DET
EXT PDETEXT REXT LSP −SP +
S DETEJECT SW
RMC IN
11343715142627238
12342
2221333119
Q701
P 5V
Vcc4V
Q804
Q807
Q803
AV SCLKAV SOVIF CS
CONTROLREGISTERDAC
ADC AUDIO I /FCONTROL
CLOCKDIVIDER
CRNETWORK
CRNETWORK
EXTDETECT
V REF
CRNETWORK
POWER OFFMUTE OFF
MUTE
CRNETWORK
HP AMP
GAIN AMP
PRE AMP INV AMP EQ AMP HPF ALC AMP
LINE
LINE
MIC
MIC
Q802
LINE AMP
HP AMP
AA4.7VAA3V
AV SO
AIF CS
AV SCLK
AMCK
WCK
LRCK
Q806Q812
Q810,Q811
Q808
Q805
Q801
TOSYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
TOPOWER SUPPLY SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
TOJACK P.C.B.CN7
N.C
TOSERVO SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
VIC VD TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
Q3502
AA 4.7V
VTR ONPOWER SUPPLY SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B. (4/6)
ZR70 MC ADM-MV650i EDM-FV40ONLY
NTSCiPALONLY
ZR70 MC ADM-MV650i EDM-FV40ONLY
DATA COMMUNICATION
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
DRUM SERVO SIGNAL CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNALDIGITAL (VIDEO+AUDIO SIGNAL)DIGITAL DV SIGNAL
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION–1IC2301 (2/3)
VIDEO SIGNAL
AUDIO SIGNALTOCAMERA SECTION–2IC2301 (1/3)
NC
1
304
164
242
358
165
305
80
243
359
81
306
244
167
82
160
74
238
302
75
161
355
356
76
162
240
303
357
163
241
78
39
38
37
19
18
17
16
15
361
26 ICLK
116 ICD3
270 ICD2
213 BRQ
268 TCLK
45 BGRNTX
265 PWM7
110 PWM6
193 PWM5
341 AIN0
286 AIN1
218 AIN2
138 AIN3
48 AIN12
68 RFGT
232 RFGS
296 PWMD
153 PWMC
67 CFG
66 DPG
231 DFG
152 ROFS
58 D6
168
307
362
246
169
83
360
20
21
35
22
34
33
32
31
30
29
26
25
24
23
53
51
50
48
47
45
44
42
13
11
10
8
7
5
4
2
141
233VD
155HD
234OSD I0
70OSD I1
156DOT CLK
226D0
347D1
59D2
145CTL0
224CTL1
57SYSCLK
285AIN7
216AIN10
214XEINT2
198ICD1
264SCS0
192UAT CLK
325TX
19RX
272XDEBEN
118DEBUD
200DEBDD
28DEBCLK
117ICS2
188SO1
187SCLK1
104SCLK0
322SO0
53
220
140
3
49
43
27
14
9
IC2302W986416DH-7
SDRAM
IC2301(3/3)MB87M1255
VIC3
3131 177295353 93151230 176
65
158
350
294
229
150
252
63
2
17
21
9
1
6
34
32
35
3029 13 232226258 281211
42
43
45
46
39
40
36 385
MAIN P.C.B. (5/6)
HA 4.7VHA 3V
SDRAM2.7V
VCCQ1
VCCQ4
VCCQ3
VCC3
VCC2
VCCQ2
VCC1
ADDR (13)
ADDR (12)
ADDR (11)
ADDR (10)
ADDR (9)
ADDR (8)
ADDR (7)
ADDR (6)
ADDR (5)
ADDR (4)
ADDR (3)
ADDR (2)
ADDR (1)
ADDR (0)
MDATA (14)
MDATA (15)
MDATA (13)
MDATA (12)
MDATA (11)
MDATA (10)
MDATA (9)
MDATA (8)
MDATA (7)
MDATA (6)
MDATA (5)
MDATA (4)
MDATA (3)
MDATA (2)
MDATA (1)
MDATA (0)
DQMU
CLK
CKE
/CS
/RAS
/CAS
/WE
DQML
DQMU
MCLK
CKE
XCS
XRAS
XCAS
XWE
DQML
A13(BA0)
A12(BA1)
A11
A10/AP
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
DQ0
DQMU
MCLK
CKE
XCS
XRAS
XCAS
XWE
DQML
ADDR (13)
ADDR (12)
ADDR (11)
ADDR (10)
ADDR (9)
ADDR (8)
ADDR (7)
ADDR (6)
ADDR (5)
ADDR (4)
ADDR (3)
ADDR (2)
ADDR (1)
ADDR (0)
MDATA (15)
MDATA (14)
MDATA (13)
MDATA (12)
MDATA (11)
MDATA (10)
MDATA (9)
MDATA (8)
MDATA (7)
MDATA (6)
MDATA (5)
MDATA (4)
MDATA (3)
MDATA (2)
MDATA (1)
MDATA (0)
XTPB
TPB
XTPA
TPA
H1B2
CN2000H1A
3
H2A 5H2B 6
CH-1HEAD
DRUMUNIT
CH-2HEAD
CN2501TODV TERMINAL
TOSYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
GD
H C
ON
T
EQ
CO
NT
GD
L C
ON
T
RA
GC
RA
PC
EQ
FC
RC
LK
XR
CLK
RA
FC
UTI
L S
WP
0
UTI
L S
WP
2
UTI
L S
WP
1
RA
GC
RA
PC
UTI
L S
WP
3
RC
LK
XR
CLK
UTI
L S
WP
4
SDL
UTIL SWP 5
REC H
SWP
PBRF
SDLSEL
XRDAT
PB H
RDAT
REC CONT RECON
GOH
PB ON
IC2000LD502WA
VRP2 H1A
H1B
H2A
H2B
XR
CLK
RC
LK
RA
FC
RA
PC
RA
GC
EQ
FC
EQ
CO
NT
GD
L C
ON
T
GD
H C
ON
T
Q2000
XTPBTPB
XTPATPA
VIC VDVIC HDOSD I0OSD I1
DOT CLKSTOV MODE0STOV MODE1STOV MODE2
STOV PCCG CS
VTOS CSZOOM KEYCARD DETCARD PRO
CARD ACCESS LEDVTOS EN
VTOS SCKVTOS DATASTOV DATA
XDEBENDEBUDDEBDD
DEBCLKNTSC XPALEEP/CG SO
EEP/CG CLKVTOS ACTIVE
VTOS PCVCO HI
VTR POW SWT/C POW SW
CAM POW SWFCH 0
1234
EQ VCO
VCA
GDL
VIC VD
VIC HD
OSD I0
OSD I1
DOT CLK
STOV MODE0
STOV MODE1
STOV MODE2
STOV PC
CG CS
VTOS CS
ZOOM KEY
CARD DET
CARD PRO
CARD ACCESS LED
VTOS EN
VTOS SCK
VTOS DATA
STOV DATA
XDEBEN
DEBUD
DEBDD
DEBCLK
NTSC XPAL
EEP/CG SO
EEP/CG CLK
VTOS ACTIVE
VTOS PC
VTR POW SWT/C POW SW
CAM POW SWFCH 0SWPPBRF
A3A4A5A6A8
A10
CN2900
LOAD FRLOAD ONCAP ON
DRUM ONREC PROOF
REEL LED CONTDA CFG
DA SREELDA TREELTAPE TOPTAPE ENDMSW AD
DEWCAS IN
T REEL FGS REEL FG
DERRCERRCFGDPGDFG
CAP FWDTAPE LED
LOAD FR
LOAD ON
CAP ON
DRUM ON
REC PROOF
REEL LED CONT
DA CFG
DA SREEL
DA TREEL
TAPE TOP
TAPE END
MSW AD
DEW
CAS IN
T REEL FG
S REEL FG
DERR
CERR
CFG
DPG
DFG
CAP FWD
TAPE LED
TOSERVO SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
VIC VDTOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNALDRUM SERVO SIGNAL
27
3446
50
43
53
40
56
5
64
11
62
37
57
21
6022
15
6116
28
29
30
31
33
VCC
IC3201MB3881DC/DC
CONVERTER
5 V IN 4V OUTIC3202
TK11128CS2.7V REGULATOR
5 V IN 4V OUTIC3203
TK11147CS4.7V REGULATOR
5 V IN 4V OUTIC3204
TK11125CS2.5V REGULATOR
13
2
75
6
IC1802MM6564XFOPE/AMP
MAIN P.C.B.(6/6)
FU3201
FU3202
FU3203
FU3204
FU3205
OSC
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
4
3 5
12
Q32041.4V (CH1)
4
3 5
12
Q32053V (CH3)
CH8
CH7
4
3 5
12
Q3206P5V (CH4)
CH5
4
3 5
12
Q3207DRUM VS (CH5)
CH6
4
3 5
12
Q3208CAP VS (CH6)
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
DVDD 1.4V
LPF
LPF
LPF
AVDD 1.4V
MACS 1.4V
VTR UNREG
AA 3V
DVDD 3V
DIF 2.7V
SDRAM 2.7V
DVDD 2.5V
AVDD 2.7V
LPF
LPF
LPF HA 4.7V
VIF 4.7V
AA 4.7V
LCD 5V
P 5V
LCD 15V
LCD −10V
LPF LCD 8.5V
DVDD 3V
CAM 3V
LPF IRIS 3V
LPF HA 3V
LCD 3V
ON/OFFCONT.
CH1,3,4,8
CH2
CH5,6
CH7
D VMC VS
SHOE UNREGSHOE UNREG
ID-1ADV MIC LADV MIC R
CN89112589
C VSD VS
ADV MIC RADV MIC LSHOE ID1 SHOE ON
TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
TO SHOE CONNECTOR ASS'Y
TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.
TOSYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
4
3
2
1
5
7
8
T3201
4
3
2
1
5
7
8
T3202
D3201
Q3202
Q3201
Q3200
D3202
D3204
LPF
LPF
CCD 15V
CCD −7V
D3203
D3205
DC +DC J SW
DC −
DC J DETINIT-CHG2INIT-CHG1
CHAGEA/D I
VTR ONEVF 8.5V ON
A/D VBATT INFO AD
BATTA E3
CN3201
Q1806
Q1805
Q3209
Q3210
Q1804
Q1808 Q1807
D1803
D1802
FU1801
D1801
Q1803
Q1802
2
1
6 5 4
2 3
3 41
7 6 58
231
BATT E3BATT INFO AD
BATT −BATT −BATT +BATT +
CN3202123456
MICOM UNREG
VTR ONTO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.
TODC P.C.B.DC JACK
TOSYSTEM CONTROL SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.
TOBATTERY TERMIANL
1 2 3
6 5 4
ZR70 MC ADM-MV650i EDM-FV40ONLY
POWER SUPPLY SECTION DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
PANEL R
TOHINGE ASS'Y
TOHINGE ASS'Y
PANEL B
OELCKLCSECS
SO
SOCLK
PANEL G
CN901567
C SYNC4
SIN 13
LCD EEP SOUT1LCD EEP SCK2
LCD 3V1
LCD 5V2
LCD 8.5V3
LCD 15V4
LCD -10V5
VTR UNREG8
PANEL XOE
LCD CSPANEL LCK
CN902
91011
LCD EEP CS12
LCD 3V
LCD 5V
LCD-10V
VTR UNREG
LCD 8.5V
LCD 15V
1
8VCC2
3
4
E CS
CLK
SO
SO
210 15V ON
BL ON
5V ON
3V ON
Q5
11Q6
7Q2
6
20
Q1
LCD 3V
LCD 3V
LCD 8.5V LCD 7.5V
3
4
19
SO
CLK
LCK
OE
9 Q4
LCD 15V
15V ON
Q901
Q912 Q911
Q903
Q902
1ON
3
WP4201
WP4202
4
1235
4
5
VD
D
CLK
DATA
DI
DO
LCK
OE
CONTROL
LCD UNREG
Q4201SWITCH
VTR UNREG
Q4202DRIVER VTR UNREG
Q4203
Q904
BACK LIGHT
RCLAMP
CNTRST GAMMA S/H
IC903AN2545NFHQ
LCD DRIVE
37
47
1
34
8
9
18
43
25
44
33
32
31
30
29
24
23
22
20
19
39
38
48
2
11
14
16Q910
5V ON
LCD 5V
VG
CN903
VBL/R
STHRSTHL
22
2310
6
9
573
21201924
1213
1716
VR 15AVDD 11VCC 8VGL 1
L CS
CLK
SO
CS
BRIGHT
R OUT
G OUT
B OUT
GCLAMP
GCA
GCA
GCAB
CLKCONTROL
D1
VC
C2
VDD
VC
C3
VCC1
STH241
RL
STH1
CPH3
CPH2
CPH1
STV1
STV2
CPV
OEV
QH
OEH
COMDC
VCOM
CPH3CPH2CPH1STVRSTVLCKVDEVQ1HOEH
VCOMVGH
SI/F
CLAMP
PLL
LCD UNIT
TIMINGGENERATOR
LCD 7.5V
Q907
Q908
Q909
12
3
6 5 4
6
1
5
3
4
2
1
124
65323
6 5 4
CS
SK
4
3
2
1
5
7
T4201CPU9D25
6
7.5V
Q906
LCD 3V
3V ON
Q905
IC901BR9010RFV-W
EEPROM
IC902BU2092FVSERI/PARA
CONVERTER
IC4201R1223N152H
DC/DCCONVERTER
CONTROL
LCD P.C.B.
DATA COMMUNICATION
LCD
LCD P.C.B. SECTION DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
CARD USB/SIC SIGNAL ANALOG AUDIO SIGNALANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL
Y C
G1 G2
4 OUT 1VCCIC1601
ENC.03JAP SENSOR GYRO
4 OUT 1VCCIC1602
ENC.03JBY SENSOR GYRO
CN7
LED1 ZD1
SP +SP −
CAM LEDEXT L
EXT P DETEXT RAV R
AV DETV I /O/HP RAV L/HP L
VBUSD−D+
RMC INEJECT SW
S DETY I /OC I /O
P GY OUTY GY OUT
18173137363525272824161312208652
219
CN5
SP +SP −
12
CN2
CN1
MIC JACK
AV JACK
VBUS (+5V)D−D+
CN3123
EJECT SWCN6
2 TOEJECT SW
CN4
S JACK
SPEAKER
CAM3V
CAM3V
TOAUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.CN2101
TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.CN2101
USB JACK
JACK P.C.B.
ZR70 MC AZR65MCDM-MV650i EDM-MV630i EDM-FV40ONLY
JACK P.C.B. SECTION DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
CANON INC. 2003C01 Feb. 2003
DM-MV650i EMAIN P.C.B.CAC P.C.B.CCD P.C.B.LCD P.C.B.CVF P.C.B.
JACK P.C.B.CARD P.C.B.RKEY P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
MAIN P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CAC P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CAC P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
LCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
LCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CVF P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CVF P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
JACK P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
JACK P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CARD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CARD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
RKEY P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
RKEY P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
DM-MV630i EMAIN P.C.B.CAC P.C.B.CCD P.C.B.LCD P.C.B.CVF P.C.B.
JACK P.C.B.CARD P.C.B.RKEY P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
MAIN P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CAC P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CAC P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
LCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
LCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CVF P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CVF P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
JACK P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
JACK P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CARD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
CARD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
RKEY P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
RKEY P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV600i EDM-MV600 EDM-MV590 E
MAIN P.C.B.CAC P.C.B.CCD P.C.B.LCD P.C.B.CVF P.C.B.
JACK P.C.B.CARD P.C.B.RKEY P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
MAIN P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CAC P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CAC P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
LCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
LCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CVF P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CVF P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
JACK P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
JACK P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CARD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CARD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
RKEY P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
RKEY P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CZ Chart
Siemens Chart